TWI746450B - Material, composition, curable composition, cured film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, camera module, and material manufacturing method - Google Patents

Material, composition, curable composition, cured film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, camera module, and material manufacturing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI746450B
TWI746450B TW105122535A TW105122535A TWI746450B TW I746450 B TWI746450 B TW I746450B TW 105122535 A TW105122535 A TW 105122535A TW 105122535 A TW105122535 A TW 105122535A TW I746450 B TWI746450 B TW I746450B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
pigment
compound
ring
mass
Prior art date
Application number
TW105122535A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201710407A (en
Inventor
鶴田拓也
荒山恭平
森全弘
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW201710407A publication Critical patent/TW201710407A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI746450B publication Critical patent/TWI746450B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • H04N23/10Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof for generating image signals from different wavelengths
    • H04N23/12Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof for generating image signals from different wavelengths with one sensor only

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

本發明提供一種組成物中的顏料的分散性優異之材料。並且,提供顏料的分散性優異之組成物、硬化性組成物、硬化膜、光學濾波器、固體攝像元件、紅外線感測器、照相機模組及材料的製造方法。一種材料,其包含顏料A及具有對樹脂具有吸附性之結構之化合物B,且以式(I)表示之X1 為0.99以上。X2 為在25℃下顏料A的溶解度為0.02質量%以下且化合物B的溶解度為0.2質量%以上之溶劑中浸漬材料之後的材料中的化合物B的質量,X3 為浸漬於上述溶劑之後的材料的固體成分的質量。式(I);X1 =(X2 /X3 )×100The present invention provides a material with excellent dispersibility of the pigment in the composition. In addition, it provides a composition, a curable composition, a cured film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging element, an infrared sensor, a camera module, and a material manufacturing method with excellent pigment dispersibility. A material comprising pigment A and a compound B having a structure that is adsorbable to resin, and X 1 represented by formula (I) is 0.99 or more. X 2 is the mass of compound B in the material after immersing the material in a solvent with a solubility of pigment A of 0.02% by mass or less and a solubility of compound B of 0.2% by mass or more at 25°C, and X 3 is the mass of compound B after immersing in the above solvent The quality of the solid content of the material. Formula (I); X 1 =(X 2 /X 3 )×100

Description

材料、組成物、硬化性組成物、硬化膜、光學濾波器、固體攝像元件、紅外線感測器、照相機模組及材料的製造方法Material, composition, curable composition, cured film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, camera module, and material manufacturing method

本發明是有關一種包含顏料及具有對樹脂具有吸附性之結構之化合物之材料。並且,有關一種組成物、硬化性組成物、硬化膜、光學濾波器、固體攝像元件、紅外線感測器、照相機模組及材料的製造方法。 The present invention relates to a material containing a pigment and a compound having a structure that is adsorbable to resin. In addition, it relates to a method of manufacturing a composition, a curable composition, a cured film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging element, an infrared sensor, a camera module, and materials.

近年來,由於數位照相機、附帶照相機之行動電話等的普及,電荷耦合元件(CCD)圖像感測器等固體攝像元件的需求大幅增長。作為顯示器和光學元件的關鍵器件使用濾色器。 In recent years, due to the popularization of digital cameras and mobile phones with cameras, the demand for solid-state imaging devices such as charge-coupled device (CCD) image sensors has increased significantly. Color filters are used as key components of displays and optical components.

並且,該些固體攝像元件因在其受光部使用對近紅外線具有感度之矽光電二極體,故有時使用紅外線截止濾波器進行可見度(visibility)校正。 In addition, since these solid-state imaging elements use silicon photodiodes that are sensitive to near-infrared rays in their light-receiving parts, an infrared cut filter is sometimes used for visibility correction.

有時使用包含顏料之組成物製造濾色器或紅外線截止濾波器。 Sometimes a color filter or infrared cut filter is made using a composition containing a pigment.

專利文獻1中記載有如下內容:混煉了包含二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料(A)、色素衍生物(B)、水溶性無機鹽(C)及實質上不溶解 水溶性無機鹽(C)之水溶性有機溶劑(D)之混合物之後,去除水溶性無機鹽(C)及水溶性有機溶劑(D)來製造濾色器用顏料。專利文獻1中,使用將該顏料分散於透明樹脂來獲得之著色組成物來製造濾色器。 Patent Document 1 describes the following: kneaded containing diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (A), pigment derivative (B), water-soluble inorganic salt (C) and substantially insoluble After the mixture of the water-soluble inorganic salt (C) and the water-soluble organic solvent (D), the water-soluble inorganic salt (C) and the water-soluble organic solvent (D) are removed to produce the color filter pigment. In Patent Document 1, a color filter is manufactured using a coloring composition obtained by dispersing the pigment in a transparent resin.

[先前技術文獻] [Prior Technical Literature]

[專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]:日本特開2001-220520號公報 [Patent Document 1]: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2001-220520

顏料有時分散於樹脂或溶劑等來使用,但若顏料本身對樹脂的吸附性較低,則有組成物中的顏料的分散性下降之傾向。依據本發明人等的研究得知,藉由專利文獻1中記載的方法獲得之濾色器用顏料是混合二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料及色素衍生物來製造者,但該濾色器用顏料是二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料與色素衍生物的附著性較差且色素衍生物易從二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料剝離者。而且得知,專利文獻1中記載的濾色器用顏料與樹脂的吸附性較低,組成物中的顏料的分散性不充分。 The pigment may be used after being dispersed in a resin or a solvent. However, if the pigment itself has low adsorbability to the resin, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition tends to decrease. According to research conducted by the inventors, the color filter pigment obtained by the method described in Patent Document 1 is manufactured by mixing diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments and pigment derivatives, but the color filter pigment is diketone The adhesion of the pyrrolopyrrole pigment to the pigment derivative is poor and the pigment derivative is easily peeled off from the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment. In addition, it has been found that the color filter pigment described in Patent Document 1 has low adsorptivity to resin, and the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is insufficient.

因此,本發明的目的為提供一種包含顏料之材料且組成物中的顏料的分散性優異之材料。並且,提供一種顏料的分散性優異之組成物、硬化性組成物、硬化膜、光學濾波器、固體攝像元件、紅外線感測器、照相機模組及材料的製造方法。 Therefore, the object of the present invention is to provide a material containing a pigment and having excellent dispersibility of the pigment in the composition. In addition, there is provided a composition, a curable composition, a cured film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging element, an infrared sensor, a camera module, and a material manufacturing method with excellent pigment dispersibility.

本發明人等經深入研究之結果發現,在存在具有對樹脂具有吸附性之結構之化合物之情況下,使顏料的原料化合物發生 反應來合成顏料之結果,可獲得顏料A與具有對樹脂具有吸附性之結構之化合物B牢固地吸附之材料。雖然獲得化合物B牢固地附著於顏料A的材料之詳細機理不明,但推斷為藉由在存在上述化合物B之情況下使顏料A的原料化合物發生反應來合成顏料A,化合物B被吸收到顏料A的粒子的內部,因此獲得了化合物B物理性地牢固地附著於顏料A之材料。並且,對藉由該方法製造之材料進一步進行研究之結果發現,以後述之式(I)表示之X1為0.99以上之材料中,組成物中的顏料A的分散性良好,進而完成了本發明。本發明提供以下。 The inventors of the present invention have conducted in-depth research and found that in the presence of a compound having a structure that is adsorbable to the resin, the raw material compound of the pigment is reacted to synthesize the pigment. As a result, the pigment A and the resin having an adsorbent structure can be obtained. The compound B of the sexual structure is a material that is firmly adsorbed. Although the detailed mechanism for obtaining the material in which the compound B is firmly attached to the pigment A is unknown, it is inferred that pigment A is synthesized by reacting the raw material compound of the pigment A in the presence of the above-mentioned compound B, and the compound B is absorbed into the pigment A In the inside of the particles, the compound B is physically and firmly attached to the pigment A material. In addition, as a result of further research on the material produced by this method, it was found that in the material in which X 1 represented by the formula (I) described below is 0.99 or more, the dispersibility of the pigment A in the composition is good, thereby completing the present invention invention. The present invention provides the following.

<1>一種材料,其包含顏料A及具有對樹脂具有吸附性之結構之化合物B,且以下述式(I)表示之X1為0.99以上,其中,X1(X2/X3)×100......(I) <1> A material comprising a pigment A and a compound B having a structure that is adsorbable to resin, and X 1 represented by the following formula (I) is 0.99 or more, wherein X 1 (X 2 /X 3 )× 100...(I)

X2為在25℃下顏料A的溶解度為0.02質量%以下且化合物B的溶解度為0.2質量%以上的溶劑中浸漬材料之後的材料中的化合物B的質量,X3為浸漬於上述溶劑之後的材料的固體成分的質量。 X 2 is the mass of compound B in the material after the material is immersed in a solvent with a solubility of pigment A of 0.02% by mass or less and a solubility of compound B of 0.2% by mass or more at 25° C., and X 3 is the mass of compound B after immersing in the above solvent The quality of the solid content of the material.

<2>如<1>所述之材料,其中,顏料A在近紅外區域具有吸收。 <2> The material according to <1>, wherein the pigment A has absorption in the near infrared region.

<3>如<1>或<2>所述之材料,其中,顏料A的極大吸收波長在700~1200nm的範圍。 <3> The material as described in <1> or <2>, wherein the maximum absorption wavelength of pigment A is in the range of 700 to 1200 nm.

<4>如<1>至<3>中任一項所述之材料,其中,顏料A是選自酞菁化合物、萘酞菁化合物、苝化合物、吡咯并吡咯化合物、 花青化合物、二硫醇金屬錯合物、萘醌化合物、亞銨化合物、偶氮化合物及方酸內鎓鹽化合物之1種以上。 <4> The material according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the pigment A is selected from a phthalocyanine compound, a naphthalocyanine compound, a perylene compound, a pyrrolopyrrole compound, One or more of cyanine compounds, dithiol metal complexes, naphthoquinone compounds, iminium compounds, azo compounds, and squaraine ylide compounds.

<5>如<1>至<4>中任一項所述之材料,其中,顏料A為吡咯并吡咯化合物。 <5> The material according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the pigment A is a pyrrolopyrrole compound.

<6>如<5>所述之材料,吡咯并吡咯化合物是以下述式(1)表示之化合物:

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0006-1
<6> The material as described in <5>, the pyrrolopyrrole compound is a compound represented by the following formula (1):
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0006-1

式中,R1a及R1b分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,R2及R3分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R2及R3可相互鍵結而形成環,R4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、雜芳基、-BR4AR4B或金屬原子,R4可與選自R1a、R1b及R3之至少一個共價鍵結或者配位鍵結,R4A及R4B分別獨立地表示取代基。 In the formula, R 1a and R 1b each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, -BR 4A R 4B or a metal atom, and R 4 may be covalently bonded to at least one selected from R 1a , R 1b and R 3 or Coordination bonding, R 4A and R 4B each independently represent a substituent.

<7>如<1>至<6>中任一項所述之材料,其中,化合物B具有色素結構。 <7> The material according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the compound B has a dye structure.

<8>如<7>所述之材料,其中,色素結構是選自吡咯并吡咯色素結構、二酮吡咯并吡咯色素結構、喹吖啶酮色素結構、蒽醌色素結構、聯蒽醌色素結構、苯并異吲哚色素結構、噻嗪靛藍色素結構、偶氮色素結構、喹啉黃色素結構、酞菁色素結構、萘酞菁色素結構、二噁嗪色素結構、苝色素結構、紫環酮色素結構、苯并咪 唑酮色素結構、苯并噻唑色素結構、苯并咪唑色素結構及苯并噁唑色素結構之至少1種。 <8> The material according to <7>, wherein the pigment structure is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolopyrrole pigment structure, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment structure, quinacridone pigment structure, anthraquinone pigment structure, and bianthraquinone pigment structure , Benzoisoindole pigment structure, thiazide indigo pigment structure, azo pigment structure, quinoline yellow pigment structure, phthalocyanine pigment structure, naphthalocyanine pigment structure, dioxazine pigment structure, perylene pigment structure, peruranone Pigment structure, benzimid At least one of oxazolone pigment structure, benzothiazole pigment structure, benzimidazole pigment structure, and benzoxazole pigment structure.

<9>如<1>~<8>中任一項所述之材料,其中,化合物B具有選自酸性基、鹼性基、氫鍵結性基、偶極相互作用性基及π-π相互作用性基之至少1種。 <9> The material according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the compound B has an acidic group, a basic group, a hydrogen bonding group, a dipole interaction group, and a π-π At least one of the interaction groups.

<10>一種組成物,其包含<1>至<9>中任一項所述之材料。 <10> A composition comprising the material described in any one of <1> to <9>.

<11>如<10>所述之組成物,其中,還包含選自有機溶劑、樹脂及色素衍生物之1種以上。 <11> The composition according to <10>, which further contains one or more selected from organic solvents, resins, and pigment derivatives.

<12>一種硬化性組成物,其包含<10>或<11>所述之組成物及硬化性化合物。 <12> A curable composition comprising the composition described in <10> or <11> and a curable compound.

<13>一種硬化膜,其使用<12>所述之硬化性組成物而成。 <13> A cured film using the curable composition described in <12>.

<14>一種光學濾波器,其具有<13>所述之硬化膜。 <14> An optical filter having the cured film described in <13>.

<15>如<14>所述之光學濾波器,其是選自濾色器、紅外線截止濾波器及紅外線透射濾波器之至少1種。 <15> The optical filter according to <14>, which is at least one selected from a color filter, an infrared cut filter, and an infrared transmission filter.

<16>如<14>或<15>所述之光學濾波器,其具有:<13>所述之硬化膜的像素;及選自紅、綠、藍、洋紅、黃、青、黑及無色之至少1種的像素。 <16> The optical filter according to <14> or <15>, which has: pixels of the hardened film according to <13>; and selected from red, green, blue, magenta, yellow, cyan, black, and colorless At least one type of pixel.

<17>一種固體攝像元件,其具有<13>所述之硬化膜。 <17> A solid-state imaging device having the cured film described in <13>.

<18>一種紅外線感測器,其具有<13>所述之硬化膜。 <18> An infrared sensor having the cured film described in <13>.

<19>一種照相機模組,其具有固體攝像元件及<13>所述 之硬化膜。 <19> A camera module having a solid-state imaging element and the aforementioned <13> The hardened film.

<20>一種材料的製造方法,該材料包含顏料A及具有對樹脂具有吸附性之結構之化合物B,其中,合成顏料A時,在存在具有對樹脂具有吸附性之結構之化合物B之情況下,使顏料A的原料化合物發生反應來合成顏料A。 <20> A method of manufacturing a material comprising pigment A and a compound B having an adsorbent structure to the resin, wherein when the pigment A is synthesized, there is a compound B having an adsorbent structure to the resin , The raw material compound of pigment A reacts to synthesize pigment A.

依本發明,能夠提供一種包含顏料之材料且組成物中的顏料的分散性優異之材料。並且,能夠提供一種顏料的分散性優異之組成物、硬化性組成物、硬化膜、紅外線截止濾波器、固體攝像元件、紅外線感測器、照相機模組及材料的製造方法。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a material containing a pigment and having excellent dispersibility of the pigment in the composition. In addition, it is possible to provide a composition, a curable composition, a cured film, an infrared cut filter, a solid-state imaging element, an infrared sensor, a camera module, and a material manufacturing method with excellent pigment dispersibility.

100:紅外線感測器 100: infrared sensor

110:固體攝像元件 110: solid-state image sensor

111:紅外線截止濾波器 111: Infrared cut filter

112:濾色器 112: Color filter

113:紅外線透射濾波器 113: Infrared transmission filter

114:區域 114: area

115:微透鏡 115: Micro lens

116:平坦化層 116: Planarization layer

圖1是表示本發明的紅外線感測器的一實施形態的結構之概要剖面圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the structure of an embodiment of the infrared sensor of the present invention.

以下,對本發明的內容進行詳細說明。另外,本說明書中,「~」以將記載於其前後之數值作為下限值及上限值來包含之含義使用。 Hereinafter, the content of the present invention will be described in detail. In addition, in this manual, "~" is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as the lower limit and the upper limit.

本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」表示「丙烯酸酯」及「甲基丙烯酸酯」雙方或任一方,「(甲基)丙烯酸」表示「丙烯酸」及「甲基丙烯酸」雙方或任一個方「(甲基)丙烯醯基」表示「丙烯醯基」及「甲基丙烯醯基」雙方或任一方。 In this manual, "(meth)acrylate" means either or both of "acrylate" and "methacrylate", and "(meth)acrylic" means both or either of "acrylic" and "methacrylic" The square "(meth)acryloyl" means both or either of "acryloyl" and "methacryloyl".

本說明書中的基團(原子團)的標記中,未記述取代及未經取代之標記包含不具有取代基者亦包含具有取代基者。例如,「烷 基」不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代烷基),亦包含具有取代基之烷基(取代烷基)。 In the label of a group (atomic group) in this specification, the label which does not describe a substitution and an unsubstituted includes the thing which does not have a substituent, and the thing which has a substituent is included. For example, "alkane "Group" includes not only an unsubstituted alkyl group (unsubstituted alkyl), but also a substituted alkyl group (substituted alkyl).

本說明書中,化學式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Pr表示丙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 In this specification, Me in the chemical formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Pr represents a propyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.

本說明書中,近紅外區域是指波長區域為700~2500nm的範圍。並且,近紅外線是指波長區域為700~2500nm的光(電磁波)。 In this specification, the near-infrared region refers to the wavelength range of 700 to 2500 nm. In addition, near-infrared rays refer to light (electromagnetic waves) having a wavelength range of 700 to 2500 nm.

本說明書中,總固體成分是指從組成物的總成分除去溶劑之成分的總質量。 In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of the components excluding the solvent from the total components of the composition.

本說明書中,固體成分是指25℃下之固體成分。 In this specification, the solid content refers to the solid content at 25°C.

本說明書中,重量平均分子量定義為基於凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)測定之聚苯乙烯換算值。本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)例如能夠藉由如下來求出,亦即,使用HLC-8220(TOSOH CORPORATION製造),作為柱使用TSKgel Super AWM-H(TOSOH CORPORATION製造,6.0mm(內徑)×15.0cm),作為洗滌液使用10mmol/L溴化鋰NMP(N-甲基吡咯烷酮)溶液。 In this specification, the weight average molecular weight is defined as a polystyrene conversion value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be obtained, for example, by using HLC-8220 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) and using TSKgel Super AWM-H (TOSOH CORPORATION) as the column. Manufactured, 6.0 mm (inner diameter) × 15.0 cm), and a 10 mmol/L lithium bromide NMP (N-methylpyrrolidone) solution was used as a washing solution.

本說明書中,顏料表示不易溶解於特定溶劑之不溶性化合物。典型地表示在組成物中以分散為粒子之狀態存在之化合物。其中,溶劑例如可舉出後述之溶劑一欄中例示之溶劑。本發明中使用之顏料例如相對於25℃的丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯之溶解度為0.02質量%以下為較佳。 In this specification, a pigment means an insoluble compound that is not easily soluble in a specific solvent. Typically, it means a compound that exists in a state of being dispersed into particles in the composition. Among them, the solvent includes, for example, the solvents exemplified in the column of solvents described later. The pigment used in the present invention preferably has a solubility of 0.02% by mass or less with respect to propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 25°C, for example.

<材料> <material>

本發明的材料為包含顏料A及具有對樹脂具有吸附性之結構之化合物B之材料,且以下述式(I)表示之X1為0.99以上。 The material of the present invention is a material containing a pigment A and a compound B having a structure that is adsorbable to resin, and X 1 represented by the following formula (I) is 0.99 or more.

X1=(X2/X3)×100......(I) X 1 =(X 2 /X 3 )×100......(I)

X2為在25℃下顏料A的溶解度為0.02質量%以下且化合物B的溶解度為0.2質量%以上的溶劑中浸漬材料之後的材料中的化合物B的質量,X3為浸漬於上述溶劑之後的材料的固體成分的質量。 X 2 is the mass of compound B in the material after the material is immersed in a solvent with a solubility of pigment A of 0.02% by mass or less and a solubility of compound B of 0.2% by mass or more at 25° C., and X 3 is the mass of compound B after immersing in the above solvent The quality of the solid content of the material.

本發明的材料中,上述化合物B牢固地附著於顏料A,顏料A對樹脂的吸附性優異。因此,能夠使組成物中的顏料的分散性良好。 In the material of the present invention, the above-mentioned compound B firmly adheres to the pigment A, and the pigment A has excellent adsorbability to the resin. Therefore, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition can be improved.

另外,本發明的材料中,顏料A與化合物B作為獨立的化合物而存在。其中,「顏料A與化合物B作為獨立的化合物而存在」是指顏料A存在於化合物B的分子之外,是兩者未藉由共價鍵結而鍵結之狀態。亦即,本發明的材料與在顏料分子的一部分導入對樹脂具有吸附性之基團而成之化合物(例如,色素衍生物)不同。 In addition, in the material of the present invention, the pigment A and the compound B exist as independent compounds. Among them, "pigment A and compound B exist as independent compounds" means that the pigment A exists outside the molecule of compound B, and the two are not bonded by covalent bonding. That is, the material of the present invention is different from a compound (for example, a pigment derivative) in which a resin-adsorbent group is introduced into a part of a pigment molecule.

本發明的材料中的顏料A的含量為30~99質量%為較佳。下限為40質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為90質量%以下為較佳,80質量%以下為進一步較佳。 The content of the pigment A in the material of the present invention is preferably 30 to 99% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 40% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 90% by mass or less, and more preferably 80% by mass or less.

本發明的材料中的化合物B的含量為0.99質量%以上且小於70質量%為較佳。下限為2.91質量%以上為進一步較佳,4.76質量%以上尤為佳。上限60質量%以下為較佳,50質量%以下為進一步較佳。若化合物B的含量在上述範圍,則組成物中的顏料的 分散性尤其優異。並且,本發明的材料中,化合物B相對於顏料A的100質量份,含有1~150質量份為較佳。下限為3質量份以上為較佳,5質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限為100質量份以下為較佳,70質量份以下為進一步較佳。 The content of the compound B in the material of the present invention is preferably 0.99% by mass or more and less than 70% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 2.91% by mass or more, and more preferably 4.76% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 60% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or less. If the content of compound B is in the above range, the pigment in the composition The dispersibility is particularly excellent. In addition, in the material of the present invention, the compound B preferably contains 1 to 150 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment A. The lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 100 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 70 parts by mass or less.

關於材料中的化合物B的含量,能夠藉由利用高效液相層析法(HPLC)測定製造材料時排出之液體中含有之化合物B的量,計算並求出殘留在材料中之化合物B的量。並且,亦可藉由紅外分光法(IR)等方法定量計算。 Regarding the content of compound B in the material, the amount of compound B contained in the liquid discharged during the manufacture of the material can be measured by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), and the amount of compound B remaining in the material can be calculated and obtained . In addition, it can also be quantitatively calculated by infrared spectroscopy (IR) and other methods.

本發明的材料中,以上述式(I)表示之X1(溶劑浸漬之後的材料中的化合物B的含有率)為0.99以上,3以上為較佳,5以上尤為佳。上限例如能夠設為70以下,亦能夠設為60以下,還能夠設為50以下。若X1為0.99以上,則化合物B牢固地附著於顏料A,顏料對樹脂的吸附性優異。因此,能夠使組成物中的顏料的分散性良好。 In the material of the present invention, X 1 (content of compound B in the material after solvent immersion) represented by the above formula (I) is 0.99 or more, preferably 3 or more, and particularly preferably 5 or more. The upper limit can be set to 70 or less, for example, 60 or less, or 50 or less. When X 1 is 0.99 or more, the compound B is firmly attached to the pigment A, and the pigment has excellent adsorbability to the resin. Therefore, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition can be improved.

X1例如使用如下測定之X2及X3計算。 X 1 is calculated using X 2 and X 3 measured as follows, for example.

能夠如下求出溶劑浸漬之後的材料的固體成分的質量X3,亦即,藉由乾燥等方法從浸漬於溶劑之後的材料中去除附著於材料之溶劑之後,測定其質量。並且,還能夠藉由熱分析TGA(差熱分析)測定並求出溶劑浸漬之後的材料的重量減少率飽和之時點的質量(重量減少率大致恆定之時點的質量)。作為測定裝置,例如可舉出熱重量測定裝置Q500型(TA Instruments Japan Inc.)等。 The mass X 3 of the solid content of the material after the solvent immersion can be obtained by removing the solvent adhering to the material from the material after immersion in the solvent by a method such as drying, and then measuring the mass. In addition, the mass at the point when the weight loss rate of the material after solvent immersion is saturated (the mass at the point when the weight loss rate is approximately constant) can also be measured and determined by thermal analysis TGA (differential thermal analysis). As a measuring device, for example, a thermogravimetric measuring device Q500 model (TA Instruments Japan Inc.) etc. can be mentioned.

關於溶劑浸漬之後的材料中的化合物B的質量亦即X2,能夠 藉由用高效液相層析法(HPLC)測定以溶劑清洗材料之後排出之液體中含有之化合物B的量,作為殘留在材料中之化合物B的量來計算。並且,亦能夠藉由紅外分光法(IR)等方法定量計算溶劑浸漬前後的材料。 Regarding the mass of compound B in the material after solvent immersion, that is, X 2 , the amount of compound B contained in the liquid discharged after washing the material with the solvent can be measured as the amount of compound B remaining in the material by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) Calculate the amount of compound B in the material. In addition, it is also possible to quantitatively calculate the material before and after solvent immersion by infrared spectroscopy (IR) and other methods.

作為溶劑,只要是滿足在25℃下顏料A的溶解度為0.02質量%以下且化合物B的溶解度為0.2質量%以上之要件之溶劑即可,並無特別限定。例如,可舉出可含有後述之組成物之有機溶劑等。作為具體例,可舉出甲醇、乙醇、四氫呋喃、丙酮等。作為上述浸漬方法,可舉出對1g試料添加16.6mL溶劑,進行30分鐘的加熱回流之後進行過濾處理之方法。 The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the requirements that the solubility of the pigment A is 0.02% by mass or less and the solubility of the compound B is 0.2% by mass or more at 25°C. For example, an organic solvent which can contain the composition mentioned later, etc. are mentioned. Specific examples include methanol, ethanol, tetrahydrofuran, acetone, and the like. As the above-mentioned immersion method, a method of adding 16.6 mL of a solvent to 1 g of a sample, heating and refluxing for 30 minutes, and then performing filtration treatment can be mentioned.

以下,對本發明的材料進行說明。 Hereinafter, the material of the present invention will be described.

<<顏料A>> <<Pigment A>>

本發明的材料包含顏料A。作為顏料A的種類,並無特別限定。可以是在可見區域具有吸收之顏料(以下,還稱作彩色顏料),亦可以是在近紅外區域具有吸收之顏料(以下,還稱作近紅外線吸收色素)。 The material of the present invention contains pigment A. The type of pigment A is not particularly limited. It may be a pigment having absorption in the visible region (hereinafter, also referred to as a color pigment), or a pigment having absorption in the near-infrared region (hereinafter, also referred to as a near-infrared absorbing pigment).

作為彩色顏料,並無特別限定,可舉出在可見區域(較佳為波長400~700nm的範圍,更佳為400~650nm的範圍)具有吸收之化合物。例如,可舉出二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、酞菁化合物、萘酞菁化合物、偶氮化合物、異吲哚啉化合物、喹啉黃化合物、苯并咪唑酮化合物、紫環酮化合物等。作為彩色顏料的具體例,可舉出以下。 The color pigment is not particularly limited, and a compound having absorption in the visible region (preferably in the range of 400 to 700 nm in wavelength, more preferably in the range of 400 to 650 nm) can be mentioned. For example, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, a phthalocyanine compound, a naphthalocyanine compound, an azo compound, an isoindoline compound, a quinophthalone compound, a benzimidazolone compound, a purpurone compound, etc. are mentioned. As a specific example of a color pigment, the following can be mentioned.

比色指數(C.I.)顏料黃1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214等 Color Index (CI) Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214 etc.

C.I.顏料橙2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等 CI Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73 Wait

C.I.顏料紅1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,270,272,279 CI Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4 , 49, 49: 1, 49: 2, 52: 1, 52: 2, 53: 1, 57: 1, 60: 1, 63: 1, 66, 67, 81: 1, 81: 2, 81: 3 , 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184 , 185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,270,272,279

C.I.顏料綠7,10,36,37,58,59 C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59

C.I.顏料紫1,19,23,27,32,37,42 C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42

C.I.顏料藍1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6, 16,22,60,64,66,79,80 C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 22, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80

作為近紅外線吸收色素,在700~1200nm的範圍具有極大吸收波長之化合物為較佳,在700~1000nm的範圍具有極大吸收波長之化合物更為佳。本發明中,顏料A是近紅外線吸收色素為較佳。近紅外線吸收色素較多是組成物中的分散性容易降低者,希望進一步改善分散性,容易尤其顯著地獲得本發明的效果。 As a near-infrared absorbing dye, a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 700 to 1200 nm is preferable, and a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 700 to 1000 nm is more preferable. In the present invention, the pigment A is preferably a near-infrared absorbing pigment. There are many near-infrared absorbing dyes whose dispersibility in the composition tends to decrease, and it is desired to further improve the dispersibility, and it is easy to obtain the effects of the present invention particularly notably.

作為近紅外線吸收色素,例如可舉出酞菁化合物、萘酞菁化合物、苝化合物、吡咯并吡咯化合物、花青化合物、二硫醇金屬錯合物、萘醌化合物、亞銨化合物、偶氮化合物及方酸內鎓鹽化合物等,酞菁化合物、萘酞菁化合物、吡咯并吡咯化合物、花青化合物、方酸內鎓鹽化合物為較佳,吡咯并吡咯化合物更為佳。吡咯并吡咯化合物是吡咯并吡咯硼化合物為較佳。吡咯并吡咯化合物的近紅外線吸收性及不可見性優異,因此容易獲得近紅外遮蔽性及可見透射性優異之紅外線截止濾波器等硬化膜。並且,吡咯并吡咯化合物為組成物中的分散性較低之顏料,依本發明,能夠使組成物中的顏料的分散性良好,容易更顯著地獲得本發明的效果。作為吡咯并吡咯化合物,例如可舉出日本特開2009-263614號公報的段落號0016~0058中記載的化合物等。酞菁化合物、萘酞菁化合物、亞銨化合物、花青化合物、方酸內鎓鹽化合物及克酮鎓化合物可使用日本特開2010-111750號公報的段落0010~0081中公開的化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。並且,花青化合物例如可參閱「功能性色素、大河原信/松崗賢/北尾悌次郎/平嶋恆亮‧著、 Kodansha Ltd.」,該內容編入本說明書中。 Examples of near-infrared absorbing dyes include phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, perylene compounds, pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, dithiol metal complexes, naphthoquinone compounds, iminium compounds, and azo compounds As well as squaraine ylide compounds, etc., phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, and squaraine ylide compounds are preferred, and pyrrolopyrrole compounds are more preferred. The pyrrolopyrrole compound is preferably a boron pyrrolopyrrole compound. The pyrrolopyrrole compound is excellent in near-infrared absorption and invisibility, so it is easy to obtain a cured film such as an infrared cut filter having excellent near-infrared shielding properties and visible transmittance. In addition, the pyrrolopyrrole compound is a pigment with low dispersibility in the composition. According to the present invention, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition can be improved, and the effects of the present invention can be easily obtained more significantly. As the pyrrolopyrrole compound, for example, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0058 of JP 2009-263614 A, etc. can be cited. As the phthalocyanine compound, naphthalocyanine compound, iminium compound, cyanine compound, squaraine compound, and croconium compound, the compounds disclosed in paragraphs 0010 to 0081 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-111750 can be used. This content Included in this manual. In addition, cyanine compounds can be referred to, for example, "Functional Pigments, Ogawara Nobuyuki/Matsuoka Ken/ Kitao Tejiro/Hirashima Hengliang‧ Works, Kodansha Ltd.", this content is incorporated into this manual.

(吡咯并吡咯化合物(具有吡咯并吡咯結構之化合物)) (Pyrrolopyrrole compound (compound with pyrrolopyrrole structure))

本發明中,吡咯并吡咯化合物是以式(1)表示之化合物為較佳。該化合物的近紅外線吸收性及不可見性優異。 In the present invention, the pyrrolopyrrole compound is preferably a compound represented by formula (1). This compound is excellent in near-infrared absorption and invisibility.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0015-2
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0015-2

式中,R1a及R1b分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,R2及R3分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R2及R3可相互鍵結而形成環,R4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、雜芳基、-BR4AR4B或金屬原子,R4可與選自R1a、R1b及R3之至少一個共價鍵結或者配位鍵結,R4A及R4B分別獨立地表示取代基。 In the formula, R 1a and R 1b each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, -BR 4A R 4B or a metal atom, and R 4 may be covalently bonded to at least one selected from R 1a , R 1b and R 3 or Coordination bonding, R 4A and R 4B each independently represent a substituent.

式(1)中,R1a及R1b分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,芳基或雜芳基為較佳,芳基更為佳。 In formula (1), R 1a and R 1b each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is preferable, and an aryl group is more preferable.

R1a、R1b所表示之烷基的碳原子數為1~30為較佳,1~20更為佳,1~10尤為佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 1a and R 1b is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, and particularly preferably 1-10.

R1a、R1b所表示之芳基的碳原子數為6~30為較佳,6~20更為佳,6~12尤為佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group represented by R 1a and R 1b is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and particularly preferably 6-12.

構成R1a、R1b所表示之雜芳基之碳原子的數量為1~30為較佳,1~12更為佳。作為構成雜芳基之雜原子的種類,例如可舉出氮原子、氧原子及硫原子。作為構成雜芳基之雜原子的數量,1~ 3為較佳,1~2更為佳。雜芳基為單環或稠環為較佳,單環或縮合數為2~8的稠環更為佳,單環或縮合數為2~4的稠環為進一步較佳。 The number of carbon atoms constituting the heteroaryl group represented by R 1a and R 1b is preferably 1-30, and more preferably 1-12. Examples of the types of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. As the number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group, 1 to 3 are preferred, and 1 to 2 are more preferred. The heteroaryl group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring, a single ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 8 is more preferred, and a single ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 4 is even more preferred.

上述烷基、芳基及雜芳基可具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。具有取代基為較佳。作為取代基,可舉出後述取代基T中舉出之基團。其中,烷氧基、羥基為較佳。烷氧基為具有分支烷基之烷氧基為較佳。作為以R1a、R1b表示之基團,將具有分支烷基之烷氧基作為取代基而具有之芳基或將羥基作為取代基而具有之芳基為較佳。分支烷基的碳原子數為3~30為較佳,3~20更為佳。 The above-mentioned alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. It is preferable to have a substituent. As a substituent, the group mentioned in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned. Among them, alkoxy and hydroxyl are preferred. The alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having a branched alkyl group. As the group represented by R 1a and R 1b , an aryl group having an alkoxy group having a branched alkyl group as a substituent or an aryl group having a hydroxyl group as a substituent is preferable. The number of carbon atoms of the branched alkyl group is preferably 3-30, more preferably 3-20.

式(1)中的R1a、R1b可相同亦可不同。 R 1a and R 1b in formula (1) may be the same or different.

R2及R3分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。R2及R3可鍵結而形成環。R2及R3的至少一個是拉電子性基團為較佳。R2及R3分別獨立地表示氰基或雜芳基為較佳。 R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to form a ring. At least one of R 2 and R 3 is preferably an electron withdrawing group. Preferably, R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a cyano group or a heteroaryl group.

作為取代基,例如可舉出日本特開2009-263614號公報的段落號0020~0022中記載之取代基。本說明書中編入上述內容。 Examples of the substituent include the substituents described in paragraph numbers 0020 to 0022 of JP 2009-263614 A. The above content is included in this manual.

作為取代基的一例,可舉出以下取代基T作為一例。 As an example of the substituent, the following substituent T can be given as an example.

(取代基T) (Substituent T)

烷基(較佳為碳原子數1~30的取代或無取代的烷基)、烯基(較佳為碳原子數2~30的取代或無取代的烯基)、炔基(較佳為碳原子數2~30的取代或無取代的炔基)、芳基(較佳為碳原子數6~30的取代或無取代的芳基)、胺基(較佳為碳原子數0~30的取代或無取代的胺基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳原子數1~30的取代或 無取代的烷氧基)、芳氧基(較佳為碳原子數6~30的取代或無取代的芳氧基)、雜芳氧基(較佳為碳原子數1~30的取代或無取代的雜芳氧基)、醯基(較佳為碳原子數1~30的取代或無取代的醯基)、烷氧羰基(較佳為碳原子數2~30的取代或無取代的烷氧羰基)、芳氧羰基(較佳為碳原子數7~30的取代或無取代的芳氧羰基)、醯氧基(較佳為碳原子數2~30的取代或無取代的醯氧基)、醯胺基(較佳為碳原子數2~30的取代或無取代的醯胺基)、烷氧基羰基胺基(較佳為碳原子數2~30的取代或無取代的烷氧基羰基胺基)、芳氧基羰基胺基(較佳為碳原子數7~30的取代或無取代的芳氧基羰基胺基)、胺磺醯基(較佳為碳原子數0~30的取代或無取代的胺磺醯基)、胺甲醯基(較佳為碳原子數1~30的取代或無取代的胺甲醯基)、烷硫基(較佳為碳原子數1~30的取代或無取代的烷硫基)、芳硫基(較佳為碳原子數6~30的取代或無取代的芳硫基)、雜芳硫基(較佳為碳原子數1~30的取代或無取代的雜芳硫基)、烷基磺醯基(較佳為碳原子數1~30的取代或無取代的烷基磺醯基)、芳基磺醯基(較佳為碳原子數6~30的取代或無取代的芳基磺醯基)、雜芳基磺醯基(較佳為碳原子數1~30的取代或無取代的雜芳基磺醯基)、烷基亞磺醯基(較佳為碳原子數1~30的取代或無取代的烷基亞磺醯基)、芳基亞磺醯基(較佳為碳原子數6~30的取代或無取代的芳基亞磺醯基)、雜芳基亞磺醯基(較佳為碳原子數1~30的取代或無取代的雜芳基亞磺醯基)、脲基(較佳為碳原子數1~30的取代或無取代的脲基)、磷酸醯胺 基(較佳為碳原子數1~30的取代或無取代的磷酸醯胺基)、羥基、巰基、鹵素原子、氰基、磺基、羧基、硝基、羥肟酸基、亞磺基、肼基、亞胺基、雜芳基(較佳為碳原子數1~30)。羧基中,氫原子可解離,亦可以是鹽的狀態。並且,磺基中,氫原子可解離,亦可以是鹽的狀態。 Alkyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkenyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkynyl (preferably A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group with 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group with 6 to 30 carbon atoms), an amino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group with carbon atoms of 0 to 30 The substituted or unsubstituted amine group), alkoxy (preferably substituted or unsubstituted with 1 to 30 carbon atoms) Unsubstituted alkoxy), aryloxy (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy with 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heteroaryloxy (preferably substituted or unsubstituted with 1 to 30 carbon atoms) (Substituted heteroaryloxy), acyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted with 2 to 30 carbon atoms) Oxycarbonyl), aryloxycarbonyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl with 7 to 30 carbon atoms), acyloxy (preferably substituted or unsubstituted with 2 to 30 carbon atoms) ), amide group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted amide group with 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl amine group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group with 2 to 30 carbon atoms) Carbonylamino group), aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group with 7 to 30 carbon atoms), sulfasulfonyl group (preferably with 0 to 30 carbon atoms) The substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group), the carbamoyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), and an alkylthio group (preferably with 1 to 30 carbon atoms) 30 substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio), arylthio (preferably substituted or unsubstituted arylthio with 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heteroarylthio (preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms) Substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylthio), alkylsulfonyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), arylsulfonyl (preferably carbon A substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group with 6 to 30 atoms), a heteroarylsulfonyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylsulfonyl group with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkyl group Sulfinyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), arylsulfinyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted with 6 to 30 carbon atoms) Arylsulfinyl), heteroarylsulfinyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylsulfinyl having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), ureido (preferably carbon atom number 1 ~30 substituted or unsubstituted ureido groups), amide phosphate Group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphoamido group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), hydroxyl group, mercapto group, halogen atom, cyano group, sulfo group, carboxyl group, nitro group, hydroxamic acid group, sulfinyl group, A hydrazine group, an imino group, and a heteroaryl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms). In the carboxyl group, the hydrogen atom can be dissociated, or it can be in the form of a salt. In addition, in the sulfo group, the hydrogen atom may be dissociated, or it may be in the form of a salt.

該些基團為可進一步取代之基團時,亦可進一步具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T中說明之基團。 When these groups are groups that can be further substituted, they may have further substituents. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above-mentioned substituent T.

R2及R3中至少一個為拉電子性基團為較佳。Hammett的σp值(西格瑪帕拉值)為正的取代基作為拉電子性基團發揮作用。 At least one of R 2 and R 3 is preferably an electron withdrawing group. The substituent whose σp value (sigma palla value) of Hammett is positive functions as an electron withdrawing group.

本發明中,可將Hammett的σp值為0.2以上的取代基例示為拉電子性基團。作為σp值,較佳為0.25以上,更佳為0.3以上,特佳為0.35以上。上限並無特別限制,較佳為0.80。 In the present invention, a substituent having Hammett's σp value of 0.2 or more can be exemplified as an electron withdrawing group. The σp value is preferably 0.25 or more, more preferably 0.3 or more, and particularly preferably 0.35 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.80.

作為具體例,可舉出氰基(0.66)、羧基(-COOH:0.45)、烷氧羰基(-COOMe:0.45)、芳氧羰基(-COOPh:0.44)、胺基甲醯基(-CONH2:0.36)、烷基羰基(-COMe:0.50)、芳基羰基(-COPh:0.43)、烷基磺醯基(-SO2Me:0.72)、或芳基磺醯基(-SO2Ph:0.68)等。特佳為氰基。其中,Me表示甲基,Ph表示苯基。 Specific examples include cyano group (0.66), carboxyl group (-COOH: 0.45), alkoxycarbonyl group (-COOMe: 0.45), aryloxycarbonyl group (-COOPh: 0.44), aminomethanyl group (-CONH 2 : 0.36), alkylcarbonyl (-COMe: 0.50), arylcarbonyl (-COPh: 0.43), alkylsulfonyl (-SO 2 Me: 0.72), or arylsulfonyl (-SO 2 Ph: 0.68) etc. Especially preferred is cyano. Here, Me represents a methyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.

關於哈密特取代基常數σ值,例如可參閱日本特開2011-68731號公報的段落0017~0018,該內容編入本說明書中。 Regarding the value of the Hammett substituent constant σ, for example, paragraphs 0017 to 0018 of JP 2011-68731 A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

R2及R3相互鍵結而形成環時,形成5~7員環(較佳為5或6員環)為較佳。作為所形成之環,通常在部花青色素中用作 酸性核者為較佳,作為其具體例,例如可參閱日本特開2011-68731號公報的段落0019~0021,該內容編入本說明書中。 When R 2 and R 3 are bonded to each other to form a ring, it is preferable to form a 5- to 7-membered ring (preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring). The ring formed is usually used as an acidic nucleus in merocyanine pigments. As a specific example, refer to paragraphs 0019 to 0021 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-68731, which are incorporated in this specification. .

R3為雜芳基尤為佳。雜芳基為5員環或6員環為較佳。並且,雜芳基為單環或稠環為較佳,單環或縮合數為2~8的稠環更為佳,單環或縮合數為2~4的稠環為進一步較佳。構成雜芳基之雜原子的數量為1~3為較佳,1~2更為佳。作為雜原子,例如可例示氮原子、氧原子、硫原子。雜芳基具有1個以上的氮原子為較佳。構成雜芳基之碳原子的數量為1~30為較佳,1~12更為佳。作為雜芳基的具體例,例如可舉出咪唑基、吡啶基、吡唑(pyrazyl)基、嘧啶基、噠嗪基、三唑(triazyl)基、喹啉基、喹喔啉基、異喹啉基、吲哚烯(indolenyl)基、呋喃基、噻吩基、苯并噁唑(benzoxazolyl)基、苯并咪唑基、苯并噻唑基、萘并噻唑基、苯并噁唑(benzoxazole)基、m-咔唑基、氮呯(azepinyl)基及該些基的苯并縮環基或萘并縮環基等。雜芳基可具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T中說明之基團。例如可舉出烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子等。 R 3 is particularly preferably heteroaryl. The heteroaryl group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. In addition, the heteroaryl group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring, a single ring or a condensed ring having a condensation number of 2 to 8 is more preferred, and a single ring or a condensed ring having a condensation number of 2 to 4 is more preferred. The number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2. As a hetero atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom can be illustrated, for example. The heteroaryl group preferably has one or more nitrogen atoms. The number of carbon atoms constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-12. Specific examples of heteroaryl groups include, for example, imidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, and isoquinyl. Linyl, indolenyl, furan, thienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, naphththiazolyl, benzoxazole, m-carbazolyl group, azepinyl group, benzo-condensed group or naphtho-condensed group of these groups, etc. The heteroaryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above-mentioned substituent T. For example, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, etc. can be mentioned.

式(1)中的2個R2可相同亦可不同,並且,2個R3可相同亦可不同。 The two R 2 in the formula (1) may be the same or different, and the two R 3 may be the same or different.

R4表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基時,作為烷基、芳基及雜芳基,其含義與R1a、R1b中說明者相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 When R 4 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, the meanings of the alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group are the same as those described in R 1a and R 1b , and the preferred ranges are also the same.

R4表示-BR4AR4B時,R4A、R4B分別獨立地表示取代基。作為R4A及R4B所表示之取代基,可舉出上述取代基T,鹵素原子、 烷基、烷氧基、芳基或雜芳基為較佳,烷基、芳基或雜芳基更為佳,芳基尤為佳。作為以-BR4AR4B表示之基團的具體例,可舉出二氟硼、聯苯硼、二丁基硼、二萘基硼、鄰苯二酚硼。其中,聯苯硼尤為佳。 When R 4 represents -BR 4A R 4B , R 4A and R 4B each independently represent a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R 4A and R 4B include the aforementioned substituent T. A halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is preferred, and an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is more preferred. Best, aryl is particularly good. Specific examples of the group represented by -BR 4A R 4B include boron difluoro, biphenyl boron, dibutyl boron, dinaphthyl boron, and catechol boron. Among them, biphenylboron is particularly preferred.

R4表示金屬原子時,作為金屬原子,可舉出鎂、鋁、鈣、鋇、鋅、錫、釩、鐵、鈷、鎳、銅、鈀、銥、鉑,鋁、鋅、釩、鐵、銅、鈀、銥、鉑尤為佳。 When R 4 represents a metal atom, examples of the metal atom include magnesium, aluminum, calcium, barium, zinc, tin, vanadium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, palladium, iridium, platinum, aluminum, zinc, vanadium, iron, Copper, palladium, iridium, and platinum are particularly preferred.

R4可與R1a、R1b及R3的至少1種共價鍵結或配位鍵結,尤其R4與R3配位鍵結為較佳。R4為氫原子或以-BR4AR4B表示之基團(尤其聯苯硼)為較佳。式(1)中的2個R4可相同亦可不同。 R 4 may be covalently bonded or coordinately bonded to at least one of R 1a , R 1b and R 3 , and R 4 and R 3 are particularly preferably coordinately bonded. R 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a group represented by -BR 4A R 4B (especially biphenylboron). Two R 4 in the formula (1) may be the same or different.

以式(1)表示之色素是以下述式(1A)表示之色素更為佳。 The dye represented by the formula (1) is more preferably the dye represented by the following formula (1A).

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0020-3
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0020-3

式中,R10分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、雜芳基、-BR14AR14B或金屬原子。R10可與R12共價鍵結或配位鍵結。R11及R12分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,至少一個為氰基,R11與R12可鍵結而形成環。R13分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳原子數3~30的 分支烷基。 In the formula, R 10 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, -BR 14A R 14B or a metal atom. R 10 may be covalently bonded or coordinately bonded to R 12. R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, at least one of which is a cyano group, and R 11 and R 12 may be bonded to form a ring. R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms.

R10的含義與上述式(1)中說明之R4相同,較佳範圍亦相同。氫原子或以-BR14AR14B表示之基團(尤其聯苯硼)為較佳,以-BR14AR14B表示之基團尤為佳。 The meaning of R 10 is the same as that of R 4 described in the above formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same. A hydrogen atom or a group (especially boron biphenyl) and indicated with -BR 14A R 14B is preferred, in the group represented -BR 14A R 14B is particularly preferred.

R11及R12的含義與上述(1)中說明之R2及R3相同,較佳範圍亦相同。R11及R12的任一個為氰基且另一個為雜芳基更為佳。 The meanings of R 11 and R 12 are the same as R 2 and R 3 described in (1) above, and the preferred ranges are also the same. It is more preferable that any one of R 11 and R 12 is a cyano group and the other is a heteroaryl group.

R14A及R14B的含義與上述(1)中說明之R4A及R4B相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 The meanings of R 14A and R 14B are the same as R 4A and R 4B described in (1) above, and the preferred ranges are also the same.

R13分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳原子數3~30的分支烷基。分支烷基的碳原子數為3~20更為佳。 R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms of the branched alkyl group is more preferably 3-20.

作為以式(1)表示之化合物的具體例,可舉出下述化合物。並且,例如可參閱日本特開2011-68731號公報的段落0037~0052(對應之美國專利申請公開第2011/0070407號說明書的<0070>),該內容編入本說明書中。以下的結構式中,Me表示甲基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 As specific examples of the compound represented by formula (1), the following compounds can be given. In addition, for example, paragraphs 0037 to 0052 of JP 2011-68731 A (corresponding to <0070> of the specification of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2011/0070407) can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in this specification. In the following structural formulae, Me represents a methyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.

【化學式4】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0022-94
【Chemical formula 4】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0022-94

【表1】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0023-7
【Table 1】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0023-7

【表2】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0024-10
【Table 2】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0024-10

上述表中的Ar-1~Ar-4、R-1~R-7如下。以下所示之結構中的「*」表示鍵結鍵。 Ar-1~Ar-4 and R-1~R-7 in the above table are as follows. The "*" in the structure shown below represents a bonding key.

【化學式5】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0025-11
【Chemical formula 5】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0025-11

(方酸內鎓鹽化合物(具有方酸內鎓鹽結構之化合物)) (Squaraine ylide compound (compound with squaraine ylide structure))

本發明中,方酸內鎓鹽化合物是以式(11)表示之化合物為較佳。該化合物的近紅外線吸收性及不可見性優異。 In the present invention, the squaraine ylide compound is preferably a compound represented by formula (11). This compound is excellent in near-infrared absorption and invisibility.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0025-13
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0025-13

式(11)中,A1及A2分別獨立地表示芳基、雜芳基或以下述式(12)表示之基團。 In formula (11), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or a group represented by the following formula (12).

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0025-14
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0025-14

式(12)中,Z1表示形成含氮雜環之非金屬原子團,R2表示烷基、烯基或芳烷基,d表示0或1,波線表示與式(11)的連結鍵。 In the formula (12), Z 1 represents a non-metal atomic group forming a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, R 2 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aralkyl group, d represents 0 or 1, and the wave line represents a bond with the formula (11).

式(11)中的A1及A2分別獨立地表示芳基、雜芳基或以式(12)表示之基團,以式(12)表示之基團為較佳。 A 1 and A 2 in the formula (11) each independently represent an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or a group represented by the formula (12), and a group represented by the formula (12) is preferred.

A1及A2所表示之芳基的碳原子數為6~48為較佳,6~24更為佳,6~12尤為佳。作為具體例,可舉出苯基、萘基等。另外,芳基具有取代基時的上述芳基的碳原子數表示將取代基的碳原子數除外之數量。 The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group represented by A 1 and A 2 is preferably 6 to 48, more preferably 6 to 24, and particularly preferably 6 to 12. As a specific example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. are mentioned. In addition, when the aryl group has a substituent, the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group means the number excluding the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.

作為A1及A2所表示之雜芳基,5員環或6員環為較佳。並且,雜芳基為單環或稠環為較佳,單環或縮合數為2~8的稠環更為佳,單環或縮合數為2~4的稠環為進一步較佳,單環或縮合數為2或3的稠環尤為佳。作為構成雜芳基之雜原子,可例示氮原子、氧原子、硫原子,氮原子、硫原子為較佳。構成雜芳基之雜原子的數量為1~3為較佳,1~2更為佳。具體而言,可舉出從含有氮原子、氧原子及硫原子中的至少1個之5員環或6員環等的單環、多環芳香族環衍生之雜芳基。 As the heteroaryl group represented by A 1 and A 2 , a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is preferable. In addition, the heteroaryl group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring. A single ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 8 is more preferred. A single ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 4 is more preferred. Or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 or 3 is particularly preferred. As the hetero atom constituting the heteroaryl group, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom can be exemplified, and a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom are preferable. The number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2. Specifically, a heteroaryl group derived from a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring such as a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring containing at least one of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom can be mentioned.

芳基及雜芳基可具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述吡咯并吡咯化合物中說明之取代基T。 The aryl group and heteroaryl group may have a substituent. As a substituent, the substituent T demonstrated in the said pyrrolopyrrole compound is mentioned.

芳基及雜芳基可具有之取代基為鹵素原子、烷基、羥基、胺基、醯胺基為較佳。 The substituent which the aryl group and heteroaryl group may have is preferably a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, and an amido group.

鹵素原子為氯原子為較佳。 The halogen atom is preferably a chlorine atom.

烷基的碳原子數為1~20為較佳,1~10更為佳,1~5為進一步較佳,1~4最為佳。烷基為直鏈或分支為較佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5, and most preferably from 1 to 4. The alkyl group is preferably straight or branched.

胺基為以-NR100R101表示之基團為較佳。R100及R101分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳原子數1~30的烷基。烷基的碳原子數為1~30為較佳,1~20更為佳,1~10為進一步較佳,1~8尤為佳。烷基為直鏈、分支為較佳,直鏈更為佳。 The amino group is preferably a group represented by -NR 100 R 101. R100 and R101 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 30, more preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 10, and particularly preferably from 1 to 8. The alkyl group is straight chain, preferably branched, and more preferably straight chain.

醯胺基為以-NR102-C(=O)-R103表示之基團為較佳。R102表示氫原子或烷基,氫原子為較佳。R103表示烷基。R102及R103所表示之烷基的碳原子數為1~20為較佳,1~10更為佳,1~5為進一步較佳,1~4尤為佳。 The amide group is preferably a group represented by -NR 102 -C(=O)-R 103 . R 102 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and a hydrogen atom is preferred. R 103 represents an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 102 and R 103 is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5, and particularly preferably from 1 to 4.

芳基及雜芳基具有2個以上的取代基時,複數個取代基可相同亦可不同。 When the aryl group and the heteroaryl group have two or more substituents, the plural substituents may be the same or different.

接著,對A1及A2所表示之以式(12)表示之基團進行說明。 Next, the group represented by the formula (12) represented by A 1 and A 2 will be explained.

式(12)中,R2表示烷基、烯基或芳烷基,烷基為較佳。 In formula (12), R 2 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aralkyl group, and an alkyl group is preferred.

烷基的碳原子數為1~30為較佳,1~20更為佳,1~12為進一步較佳,2~8尤為佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 30, more preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 12, and particularly preferably from 2 to 8.

烯基的碳原子數為2~30為較佳,2~20更為佳,2~12為進一步較佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably 2-30, more preferably 2-20, and still more preferably 2-12.

烷基及烯基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一個,直鏈或分支為較佳。 The alkyl group and the alkenyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred.

芳烷基的碳原子數為7~30為較佳,7~20更為佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the aralkyl group is preferably 7-30, more preferably 7-20.

式(12)中,作為藉由Z1形成之含氮雜環,5員環或6員環為較佳。並且,含氮雜環為單環或稠環為較佳,單環或縮合數為2~8的稠環更為佳,單環或縮合數為2~4的稠環為進一步較佳,縮合數為2或3的稠環尤為佳。含氮雜環除了氮原子以外,還可含有硫原子。並且,含氮雜環亦可具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T中說明之基團。例如,鹵素原子、烷基、羥基、胺基、醯胺基為較佳,鹵素原子、烷基更為佳。鹵素原子為氯原子為較佳。烷基的碳原子數為1~30為較佳,1~20更為佳,1~12為進一步較佳。烷基為直鏈或分支為較佳。 In the formula (12), as the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring formed by Z 1 , a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is preferable. In addition, the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring. A single ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 8 is more preferred. A single ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 4 is even more preferred. Condensed rings with a number of 2 or 3 are particularly preferred. In addition to nitrogen atoms, nitrogen-containing heterocycles may also contain sulfur atoms. In addition, the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above-mentioned substituent T. For example, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, and an amide group are preferable, and a halogen atom and an alkyl group are more preferable. The halogen atom is preferably a chlorine atom. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, and still more preferably 1-12. The alkyl group is preferably straight or branched.

以式(12)表示之基團為以下述式(13)或式(14)表示之基團為較佳。 The group represented by the formula (12) is preferably a group represented by the following formula (13) or formula (14).

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0028-15
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0028-15

式(13)及(14)中,R11表示烷基、烯基或芳烷基,R12表示取代基,m為2以上時,R12彼此可連接而形成環,X表示氮原子或CR13R14,R13及R14分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,m表示0~4的整數,波線表示與式(11)的連結鍵。 In formulas (13) and (14), R 11 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aralkyl group, R 12 represents a substituent, and when m is 2 or more, R 12 can be connected to each other to form a ring, and X represents a nitrogen atom or CR 13 R 14 , R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, m represents an integer from 0 to 4, and the wave line represents a bond with formula (11).

式(13)及式(14)中的R11的含義與式(12)中的R2相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 The meaning of R 11 in formula (13) and formula (14) is the same as that of R 2 in formula (12), and the preferred range is also the same.

式(13)及式(14)中的R12表示取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T中說明之基團。例如,鹵素原子、烷基、羥基、胺基、醯胺基為較佳,鹵素原子、烷基更為佳。鹵素原子為氯原子為較佳。烷基的碳原子數為1~30為較佳,1~20更為佳,1~12為進一步較佳。烷基為直鏈或分支為較佳。 R 12 in formula (13) and formula (14) represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above-mentioned substituent T. For example, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, and an amide group are preferable, and a halogen atom and an alkyl group are more preferable. The halogen atom is preferably a chlorine atom. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, and still more preferably 1-12. The alkyl group is preferably straight or branched.

m為2以上時,R12彼此可連結而形成環。作為環,可舉出脂肪族環(非芳香性的烴環)、芳香環、雜環等。環可以是單環亦可以是多環。作為取代基彼此連結而形成環時的連結基,可藉由選自由-CO-、-O-、-NH-、2價的脂肪族基、2價的芳香族基及該些的組合構成之群組之2價的連結基連結。例如,R12彼此連結而形成苯環為較佳。 When m is 2 or more, R 12 may be connected to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring include aliphatic rings (non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings), aromatic rings, heterocyclic rings, and the like. The ring can be a single ring or multiple rings. As the linking group when the substituents are linked to each other to form a ring, it can be selected from -CO-, -O-, -NH-, divalent aliphatic groups, divalent aromatic groups, and combinations of these The group's 2-valent link base link. For example, R 12 is preferably connected to each other to form a benzene ring.

式(13)中的X表示氮原子或CR13R14,R13及R14分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T中說明之基團。例如,可舉出烷基等。烷基的碳原子數為1~20為較佳,1~10更為佳,1~5為進一步較佳,1~3尤為佳,1最為佳。烷基為直鏈或分支為較佳,直鏈尤為佳。 X in the formula (13) represents a nitrogen atom or CR 13 R 14 , and R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above-mentioned substituent T. For example, an alkyl group etc. can be mentioned. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5, particularly preferably from 1 to 3, and 1 is the most preferred. The alkyl group is preferably straight or branched, and straight chain is particularly preferred.

m表示0~4的整數,0~2為較佳。 m represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably 0 to 2.

另外,式(11)中陽離子如下非定域化而存在。 In addition, the cation in the formula (11) exists in a non-localized manner as follows.

【化學式9】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0030-16
【Chemical formula 9】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0030-16

方酸內鎓鹽化合物是以下述式(15)表示之化合物為較佳。 The squarylium ylide compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (15).

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0030-17
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0030-17

環A及環B分別獨立地表示芳香環或雜芳香環,XA及XB分別獨立地表示取代基,GA及GB分別獨立地表示取代基,kA表示0~nA的整數,kB表示0~nB的整數,nA及nB分別表示可取代於環A或環B最大的整數,XA與GA、XB與GB可相互鍵結而形成環,GA及GB分別存在複數個時,可相互鍵結而形成環結構。 Rings A and B each independently represent an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, X A and X B each independently represent a substituent group, G A and G B independently represents a substituent group, kA represents an integer of 0 ~ n A a, kB Represents an integer from 0 to n B , n A and n B respectively represent the largest integer that can be substituted for ring A or ring B. X A and G A , X B and G B can be bonded to each other to form a ring, G A and G When there are plural B respectively, they can be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.

GA及GB分別獨立地表示取代基。作為取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜芳基、芳烷基、-OR10、-COR11、-COOR12、-OCOR13、-NR14R15、-NHCOR16、-CONR17R18、-NHCONR19R20、-NHCOOR21、-SR22、-SO2R23、-SO2OR24、-NHSO2R25或-SO2NR26R27。R10~R27分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜芳基或芳烷基。另外,-COOR12 的R12為氫時(亦即,羧基),氫原子可解離,亦可以是鹽的狀態。並且,-SO2OR24的R24為氫原子時(亦即,磺基),氫原子可解離,亦可以是鹽的狀態。 G A and G B independently represents a substituent group. Examples of the substituent include halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, heteroaryl groups, aralkyl groups, -OR 10 , -COR 11 , -COOR 12 , and -OCOR 13 , -NR 14 R 15 , -NHCOR 16 , -CONR 17 R 18 , -NHCONR 19 R 20 , -NHCOOR 21 , -SR 22 , -SO 2 R 23 , -SO 2 OR 24 , -NHSO 2 R 25 or -SO 2 NR 26 R 27 . R 10 to R 27 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an aralkyl group. In addition, when R 12 of -COOR 12 is hydrogen (that is, a carboxyl group), the hydrogen atom may be dissociated, or it may be in the form of a salt. In addition, when R 24 of -SO 2 OR 24 is a hydrogen atom (that is, a sulfo group), the hydrogen atom may be dissociated, or it may be in the form of a salt.

作為鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。 Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

烷基的碳原子數為1~20為較佳,1~15更為佳,1~8為進一步較佳。烷基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀的任一個,直鏈或分支為較佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-8. The alkyl group may be any one of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred.

烯基的碳原子數為2~20為較佳,2~12更為佳,2~8尤為佳。烯基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀的任一個,直鏈或分支為較佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably 2-20, more preferably 2-12, and particularly preferably 2-8. The alkenyl group may be any one of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred.

炔基的碳原子數為2~40為較佳,2~30更為佳,2~25尤為佳。炔基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀的任一個,直鏈或分支為較佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkynyl group is preferably 2-40, more preferably 2-30, and particularly preferably 2-25. The alkynyl group may be any one of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred.

芳基的碳原子數為6~30為較佳,6~20更為佳,6~12為進一步較佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and still more preferably 6-12.

芳烷基的烷基部分與上述烷基相同。芳烷基的芳基部分與上述芳基相同。芳烷基的碳原子數為7~40為較佳,7~30更為佳,7~25為進一步較佳。 The alkyl part of the aralkyl group is the same as the above-mentioned alkyl group. The aryl part of the aralkyl group is the same as the above-mentioned aryl group. The number of carbon atoms of the aralkyl group is preferably 7-40, more preferably 7-30, and even more preferably 7-25.

雜芳基為單環或稠環為較佳,單環或縮合數為2~8的稠環更為佳,單環或縮合數為2~4的稠環為進一步較佳。構成雜芳基的環之雜原子的數量為1~3為較佳。構成雜芳基的環之雜原子為氮原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳。雜芳基為5員環或6員環為較佳。構成雜芳基的環之碳原子的數量為3~30為較佳,3~18更為佳, 3~12為進一步較佳。雜芳基的例子可舉出吡啶環、哌啶環、呋喃(furan)環、呋喃(furfuran)環、噻吩環、吡咯環、喹啉環、嗎福林(morpholine)環、吲哚環、咪唑環、吡唑環、咔唑環、啡噻嗪(phenothiazine)環、吩噁嗪環、吲哚啉環、噻唑環、吡嗪環、噻二嗪環、苯并喹啉環及噻二唑環。 The heteroaryl group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring, a single ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 8 is more preferred, and a single ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 4 is even more preferred. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The heteroaryl group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The number of carbon atoms constituting the heteroaryl ring is preferably 3-30, more preferably 3-18, 3-12 is more preferable. Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyridine ring, piperidine ring, furan ring, furfuran ring, thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, quinoline ring, morpholine ring, indole ring, imidazole Ring, pyrazole ring, carbazole ring, phenothiazine ring, phenoxazine ring, indoline ring, thiazole ring, pyrazine ring, thiadiazine ring, benzoquinoline ring and thiadiazole ring .

烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基及雜芳基可具有取代基亦可為無取代。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T群組中說明之基團。 The alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aralkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the above-mentioned substituent T group is mentioned.

XA及XB分別獨立地表示取代基。取代基為具有活性氫之基團為較佳,-OH、-SH、-COOH、-SO3H、-NRX1RX2、-NHCORX1、-CONRX1RX2、-NHCONRX1RX2、-NHCOORX1、-NHSO2RX1、-B(OH)2及-PO(OH)2更為佳,-OH、-SH及-NRX1RX2為進一步較佳。 X A and X B each independently represent a substituent. The substituent is preferably a group with active hydrogen, -OH, -SH, -COOH, -SO3H, -NR X1 R X2 , -NHCOR X1 , -CONR X1 R X2 , -NHCONR X1 R X2 , -NHCOOR X1 , -NHSO 2 R X1 , -B(OH) 2 and -PO(OH) 2 are more preferred, and -OH, -SH and -NR X1 R X2 are further preferred.

RX1及RX2分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。作為取代基,可舉出烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基或雜芳基。烷基為較佳。烷基為直鏈或分支為較佳。關於烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基及雜芳基的詳細內容,與GA及GB中說明之範圍含義相同。 R X1 and R X2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. As a substituent, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group can be mentioned. Alkyl is preferred. The alkyl group is preferably straight or branched. For details on the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group and heteroaryl group, and the description of G A and G B in the same range of meaning.

環A及環B分別獨立地表示芳香環或雜芳香環。芳香環及雜芳香環可以是單環亦可以是稠環。作為芳香環及雜芳香環的具體例,可舉出苯環、萘環、并環戊二烯(pentalene)環、茚環、薁環、庚搭烯(heptalene)環、茚烯(indecene)環、苝環、稠五苯環、乙烷合萘(acenaphthene)環、菲環、蒽環、稠四苯環、

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0032-90
(chrysene)環、聯伸三苯環、茀環、聯苯環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑 環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡啶環、吡嗪環、嘧啶環、噠嗪環、吲嗪環、吲哚環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、異苯并呋喃環、喹嗪(quinolizine)環、喹啉環、酞嗪環、萘啶環、喹噁啉環、喹噁唑啉(quinoxazoline)環、異喹啉環、咔唑環、啡啶環、吖啶環、啡啉(phenanthroline)環、噻嗯環、苯并哌喃(chromene)環、呫噸(xanthene)環、啡噁噻(phenoxathiine)環、啡噻嗪環及啡嗪(phenazine)環,苯環或萘環為較佳。 Ring A and ring B each independently represent an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring. The aromatic ring and heteroaromatic ring may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Specific examples of aromatic rings and heteroaromatic rings include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, heptalene ring, and indecene ring. , Perylene ring, fused pentabenzene ring, acenaphthene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring, fused tetraphenyl ring,
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0032-90
(chrysene) ring, biphenyl ring, pyridine ring, biphenyl ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, Indazine ring, indole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinolizine ring, quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinoxa Quinoxazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine ring, phenanthroline ring, thien ring, chromene ring, xanthene ring , Phenoxathiine ring, phenothiazine ring and phenazine ring, benzene ring or naphthalene ring is preferred.

芳香環可以未經取代亦可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出GA及GB中說明之取代基。 The aromatic ring may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include G A and G B described in the substituent group.

XA與GA、XB與GB可相互鍵結而形成環,GA及GB分別存在複數個時,可相互鍵結而形成環。作為環,5員環或6員環為較佳。環可以是單環亦可以是多環。 X A and G A , X B and G B may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and when there are plural G A and G B , they may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As the ring, a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is preferable. The ring can be a single ring or multiple rings.

XA與GA、XB與GB、GA彼此或GB彼此鍵結而形成環時,該些可直接鍵結而形成環,亦可經由選自由伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-NH-、-BR-及該些的組合構成之群組之2價的連結基鍵結而形成環。XA與GA、XB與GB、GA彼此或GB彼此經由-BR-鍵結而形成環為較佳。 When X A and G A , X B and G B , G A or G B are bonded to each other to form a ring, these may be directly bonded to form a ring, or may be selected from alkylene, -CO-,- The divalent linking group of the group constituted by O-, -NH-, -BR- and the combination thereof is bonded to form a ring. X A and G A, X B and G B, G A or G B to each other to form a ring is preferably bonded via a -BR-.

R表示氫原子或取代基。作為取代基,可舉出GA及GB中說明之取代基。烷基或芳基為較佳。 R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include G A and G B described in the substituent group. Alkyl or aryl is preferred.

kA表示0~nA的整數,kB表示0~nB的整數,nA表示可取代於環A之最大的整數,nB表示可取代於環B之最大的整數。kA及kB分別獨立地為0~4為較佳,0~2更為佳,0~1尤 為佳。 kA represents an integer from 0 to nA, kB represents an integer from 0 to nB, nA represents the largest integer that can be substituted for ring A, and nB represents the largest integer that can be substituted for ring B. kA and kB are independently 0~4, preferably 0~2, 0~1 especially Better.

作為以式(11)表示之化合物的具體例,可舉出下述中記載的化合物,但並不限定於該些。 As specific examples of the compound represented by formula (11), the compounds described below may be mentioned, but are not limited to these.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0034-18
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0034-18

【化學式12】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0035-20
【Chemical formula 12】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0035-20

(花青化合物(具有花青結構之化合物)) (Cyanine compounds (compounds with cyanine structure))

本發明中,花青化合物為以式(A)表示之化合物為較佳。該化合物的近紅外線吸收性及不可見性優異。 In the present invention, the cyanine compound is preferably a compound represented by formula (A). This compound is excellent in near-infrared absorption and invisibility.

式(A)【化學式13】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0036-21
Formula (A)【Chemical formula 13】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0036-21

式(A)中,Z1及Z2分別獨立地為形成可縮環之5員或6員的含氮雜環之非金屬原子團,R1及R2分別獨立地表示烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基或芳基,L1表示具有奇數個次甲基之次甲基鏈,a及b分別獨立地為0或1,式中的以Cy表示之部位為陽離子部時,X1表示陰離子,c表示為了取得電荷的平衡而所需的數,式中的以Cy表示之部位為陰離子部時,X1表示陽離子,c表示為了取得電荷的平衡而所需的數,式中的以Cy表示之部位的電荷在分子內被中和時,c為0。 In formula (A), Z 1 and Z 2 are each independently a non-metallic atomic group forming a 5-membered or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring of a condensable ring, and R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, Alkynyl, aralkyl, or aryl, L 1 represents a methine chain with an odd number of methine groups, a and b are each independently 0 or 1, and when the part represented by Cy in the formula is a cation part, X 1 represents an anion, and c represents a number required to balance the charge. When the part represented by Cy in the formula is an anion part, X 1 represents a cation, and c represents a number required to balance the charge, where When the charge of the part represented by Cy is neutralized in the molecule, c is 0.

式(A)中,Z1及Z2分別獨立地表示形成可縮環之5員或6員的含氮雜環之非金屬原子團。 In the formula (A), Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent a non-metallic atomic group forming a 5-membered or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring of a condensable ring.

含氮雜環中,可縮合有其他雜環、芳香環或脂肪族環。含氮雜環為5員環為較佳。5員的含氮雜環中縮合有苯環或萘環為進一步較佳。作為含氮雜環的具體例,可舉出噁唑環、異噁唑環、苯并噁唑環、萘并噁唑環、噁唑並咔唑環、噁唑並二苯并呋喃環、噻唑環、苯并噻唑環、萘并噻唑環、假吲哚環、苯并假吲哚環、咪唑環、苯并咪唑環、萘并咪唑環、喹啉環、吡啶環、吡咯并吡啶環、呋喃並吡咯環、吲嗪環、咪唑並喹噁啉環、喹噁啉環等,喹啉環、假吲哚環、苯并假吲哚環、苯并噁唑環、苯并噻唑環、苯并咪唑環為較 佳,假吲哚環、苯并噻唑環、苯并咪唑環尤為佳。 In the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, other heterocyclic rings, aromatic rings or aliphatic rings may be condensed. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is preferably a 5-membered ring. It is more preferable that the 5-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is condensed with a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring. Specific examples of nitrogen-containing heterocycles include oxazole ring, isoxazole ring, benzoxazole ring, naphthoxazole ring, oxazocarbazole ring, oxazolodibenzofuran ring, and thiazole ring. Ring, benzothiazole ring, naphthiazole ring, indole ring, benzoindole ring, imidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, naphthimidazole ring, quinoline ring, pyridine ring, pyrrolopyridine ring, furan Pyrrole ring, indazine ring, imidazoquinoxaline ring, quinoxaline ring, etc., quinoline ring, indole ring, benzoindole ring, benzoxazole ring, benzothiazole ring, benzo Imidazole ring is more Preferably, an indole ring, a benzothiazole ring, and a benzimidazole ring are particularly preferred.

含氮雜環及縮合於此的環可具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述式(15)的GA及GB中說明之取代基。具體而言,可舉出鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜芳基、芳烷基、-OR10、-COR11、-COOR12、-OCOR13、-NR14R15、-NHCOR16、-CONR17R18、-NHCONR19R20、-NHCOOR21、-SR22、-SO2R23、-SO2OR24、-NHSO2R25或-SO2NR26R27。R10~R27分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜芳基或芳烷基。另外,-COOR12的R12為氫時(亦即,羧基),氫原子可解離,亦可以是鹽的狀態。並且,-SO2OR24的R24為氫原子時(亦即,磺基),氫原子可解離,亦可以是鹽的狀態。對於該些的詳細含義,與上述範圍相同。 The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring and the ring condensed therein may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include G A and G B of the formula (15) described in the substituent group. Specifically, halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, heteroaryl groups, aralkyl groups, -OR 10 , -COR 11 , -COOR 12 , and -OCOR 13 , -NR 14 R 15 , -NHCOR 16 , -CONR 17 R 18 , -NHCONR 19 R 20 , -NHCOOR 21 , -SR 22 , -SO 2 R 23 , -SO 2 OR 24 , -NHSO 2 R 25 or -SO 2 NR 26 R 27 . R 10 to R 27 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an aralkyl group. In addition, when R 12 of -COOR 12 is hydrogen (that is, a carboxyl group), the hydrogen atom may be dissociated, or it may be in the form of a salt. In addition, when R 24 of -SO 2 OR 24 is a hydrogen atom (that is, a sulfo group), the hydrogen atom may be dissociated, or it may be in the form of a salt. The detailed meaning of these is the same as the above range.

烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基及雜芳基可具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T群組中說明之基團,鹵素原子、羥基、羧基、磺基、烷氧基、胺基等為較佳,羧基及磺基更為佳,磺基尤為佳。羧基及磺基中,氫原子可解離,亦可以是鹽的狀態。 The alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aralkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above-mentioned substituent T group. A halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an alkoxy group, an amine group, etc. are preferred, a carboxyl group and a sulfo group are more preferred, and a sulfo group is more preferred. Especially good. In the carboxyl group and sulfo group, the hydrogen atom can be dissociated, or it can be in the form of a salt.

式(A)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基或芳基。 In formula (A), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, or an aryl group.

烷基的碳原子數為1~20為較佳,1~15更為佳,1~8為進一步較佳。烷基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀的任一個,直鏈或分支為較佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-8. The alkyl group may be any one of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred.

烯基的碳原子數為2~20為較佳,2~12更為佳,2~8尤為 佳。烯基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀的任一個,直鏈或分支為較佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably 2-20, more preferably 2-12, especially 2-8 good. The alkenyl group may be any one of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred.

炔基的碳原子數為2~40為較佳,2~30更為佳,2~25尤為佳。炔基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀的任一個,直鏈或分支為較佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkynyl group is preferably 2-40, more preferably 2-30, and particularly preferably 2-25. The alkynyl group may be any one of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred.

芳基的碳原子數為6~30為較佳,6~20更為佳,6~12為進一步較佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and still more preferably 6-12.

芳烷基的烷基部分與上述烷基相同。芳烷基的芳基部分與上述芳基相同。芳烷基的碳原子數為7~40為較佳,7~30更為佳,7~25為進一步較佳。 The alkyl part of the aralkyl group is the same as the above-mentioned alkyl group. The aryl part of the aralkyl group is the same as the above-mentioned aryl group. The number of carbon atoms of the aralkyl group is preferably 7-40, more preferably 7-30, and even more preferably 7-25.

烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基及芳基可具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、羥基、羧基、磺基、烷氧基、胺基等,羧基及磺基為較佳,磺基尤為佳。羧基及磺基中,氫原子可解離,亦可以是鹽的狀態。 The alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aralkyl group, and aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, etc., a carboxyl group and a sulfo group are preferred, and a sulfo group is particularly preferred. In the carboxyl group and sulfo group, the hydrogen atom can be dissociated, or it can be in the form of a salt.

式(A)中,L1表示具有奇數個次甲基之次甲基鏈。L1為具有3個、5個或7個次甲基之次甲基鏈為較佳,具有5個或7個次甲基之次甲基鏈更為佳。 In the formula (A), L 1 represents a methine chain having an odd number of methine groups. L 1 is preferably a methine chain having 3, 5 or 7 methine groups, and more preferably a methine chain having 5 or 7 methine groups.

次甲基可具有取代基。具有取代基之次甲基為中央的(中位的)次甲基為較佳。作為取代基的具體例,可舉出Z1及Z2的含氮雜環可具有之取代基及以下述式(a)表示之基團。並且,次甲基鏈的2個取代基可鍵結而形成5或6員環。 The methine group may have a substituent. The methine group having a substituent is preferably a central (middle) methine group. Specific examples of the substituent include substituents that the nitrogen-containing heterocycle of Z 1 and Z 2 may have, and groups represented by the following formula (a). In addition, the two substituents of the methine chain may be bonded to form a 5- or 6-membered ring.

【化學式14】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0039-22
【Chemical formula 14】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0039-22

式(a)中,*表示與次甲基鏈的連結部,A1表示氧原子或硫原子。 In the formula (a), * represents a connection part with a methine chain, and A 1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.

a及b分別獨立地為0或1。a為0時,碳原子與氮原子藉由雙鍵鍵結,b為0時,碳原子與氮原子藉由單鍵鍵結。a及b均為0為較佳。另外,a及b均為0時,式(A)如下表示。 a and b are independently 0 or 1, respectively. When a is 0, the carbon atom and the nitrogen atom are bonded by a double bond, and when b is 0, the carbon atom and the nitrogen atom are bonded by a single bond. It is preferable that both a and b are 0. In addition, when both a and b are 0, the formula (A) is expressed as follows.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0039-23
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0039-23

式(A)中,式中的以Cy表示的部位為陽離子部時,X1表示陰離子,c表示為了取得電荷的平衡而所需的數。作為陰離子的例子,可舉出鹵化物離子(Cl-、Br-、I-)、對甲苯磺酸離子、乙基硫酸離子、PF6 -、BF4 -或ClO4 -、三(鹵代烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子(例如,(CF3SO2)3C-)、二(鹵代烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子(例如(CF3SO2)2N-)、四氰基硼酸鹽陰離子等。 In the formula (A), when the part represented by Cy in the formula is a cation part, X 1 represents an anion, and c represents a number required to achieve a balance of charges. Examples of the anion include a halide ion (Cl -, Br -, I -), p-toluenesulfonic acid ion, an ethylsulfate ion, PF 6 -, BF 4 - or ClO 4 -, tris (haloalkyl sulfonamide acyl) methide anion (e.g., (CF 3 SO 2) 3 C -), bis (sulfo-haloalkyl acyl) acyl imide anion (e.g. (CF 3 SO 2) 2 N -), tetracyanoborate Salt anions, etc.

式(A)中,式中的以Cy表示的部位為陰離子部時,X1表示陽離子,c表示為了取得電荷的平衡而所需的數。作為陽離子,可舉出鹼金屬離子(Li+、Na+、K+等)、鹼土金屬離子(Mg2+、Ca2+、Ba2+、Sr2+等)、過渡金屬離子(Ag+、Fe2+、CO2+、Ni2+、Cu2+、Zn2+ 等)、其他金屬離子(Al3+等)、銨離子、三乙基銨離子、三丁基銨離子、吡啶鎓離子、四丁基銨離子、胍鎓離子、四甲基胍鎓離子、二氮雜雙環十一碳烯(diazabicyclo undecenium)等。作為陽離子,Na+、K+、Mg2+、Ca2+、Zn2+、二氮雜雙環十一碳烯為較佳。 In the formula (A), when the part represented by Cy in the formula is an anion part, X 1 represents a cation, and c represents a number required to achieve a balance of charges. Examples of cations include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K +, etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Mg 2+ , Ca 2+ , Ba 2+ , Sr 2+, etc.), transition metal ions (Ag + , Fe 2+ , CO 2+ , Ni 2+ , Cu 2+ , Zn 2+ etc.), other metal ions (Al 3+ etc.), ammonium ion, triethylammonium ion, tributylammonium ion, pyridinium ion , Tetrabutylammonium ion, guanidinium ion, tetramethylguanidinium ion, diazabicyclo undecenium (diazabicyclo undecenium) and so on. As the cation, Na + , K + , Mg 2+ , Ca 2+ , Zn 2+ , and diazabicycloundecene are preferred.

式(A)中,式中的以Cy表示的部位的電荷在分子內被中和時,不存在X1。亦即,c為0。 In the formula (A), when the charge at the part represented by Cy in the formula is neutralized in the molecule, X 1 does not exist. That is, c is 0.

以式(A)表示之化合物為以下述(A-1)或(A-2)表示之化合物亦較佳,以下述(A-2)表示之化合物更為佳。 The compound represented by the formula (A) is preferably a compound represented by the following (A-1) or (A-2), and a compound represented by the following (A-2) is more preferred.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0040-24
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0040-24

式中,R1A、R2A、R1B及R2B分別獨立地表示烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基或芳基,L1A及L1B分別獨立地表示具有奇數個次甲基之次甲基鏈, Y1及Y2分別獨立地表示-S-、-O-、-NRX1-或-CRX2RX3-,RX1、RX2及RX3分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,V1A、V2A、V1B及V2B分別獨立表示鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基、雜芳基、-OR10、-COR11、-COOR12、-OCOR13、-NR14R15、-NHCOR16、-CONR17R18、-NHCONR19R20、-NHCOOR21、-SR22、-SO2R23、-SO2OR24、-NHSO2R25或-SO2NR26R27,V1A、V2A、V1B及V2B可形成稠環,R10~R27分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基或雜環基,-COOR12的R12為氫原子時及-SO2OR24的R24為氫原子時,氫原子可解離,亦可以是鹽的狀態,m1及m2分別獨立地表示0~4,式中的以Cy表示的部位為陽離子部時,X1表示陰離子,c表示為了取得電荷的平衡而所需的數,式中的以Cy表示的部位為陰離子部時,X1表示陽離子,c表示為了取得電荷的平衡而所需的數,式中的以Cy表示的部位的電荷在分子內被中和時,c為0。 In the formula, R 1A , R 2A , R 1B and R 2B each independently represent an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aralkyl or aryl group, and L 1A and L 1B each independently represent an odd number of methine groups. Methylene chain, Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent -S-, -O-, -NR X1 -or -CR X2 R X3 -, R X1 , R X2 and R X3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkane Group, V 1A , V 2A , V 1B and V 2B each independently represent a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, -OR 10 ,- COR 11 , -COOR 12 , -OCOR 13 , -NR 14 R 15 , -NHCOR 16 , -CONR 17 R 18 , -NHCONR 19 R 20 , -NHCOOR 21 , -SR 22 , -SO 2 R 23 , -SO 2 OR 24 , -NHSO 2 R 25 or -SO 2 NR 26 R 27 , V 1A , V 2A , V 1B and V 2B can form a condensed ring, R 10 ~ R 27 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group when an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, -COOR R 12 is a hydrogen atom and 12 -SO 2 oR 24 when R 24 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrogen atom may be dissociated, it may also be a salt state , M1 and m2 each independently represent 0~4. When the part represented by Cy in the formula is a cation part, X 1 represents an anion, c represents a number required to achieve a balance of charges, and the formula is represented by Cy when the sites of the anion portion, X 1 represents a cation, c denotes a number in order to obtain the desired charge balancing, the charge to the formula Cy represents a portion of the molecule is neutralized, c is 0.

R1A、R2A、R1B及R2B所表示之基團的含義與式(A)的R1及R2中說明之烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基及芳基相同,較佳範圍亦相同。該些基團可以未經取代,亦可具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、羥基、羧基、磺基、烷氧基、胺基等,羧基及磺基為較佳,磺基尤為佳。羧基及磺基中,氫原子可解離,亦可以是 鹽的狀態。 The meanings of the groups represented by R 1A , R 2A , R 1B and R 2B are the same as the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aralkyl and aryl groups described in R 1 and R 2 of formula (A). The optimal range is also the same. These groups may be unsubstituted or have substituents. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, etc., a carboxyl group and a sulfo group are preferred, and a sulfo group is particularly preferred. In the carboxyl group and sulfo group, the hydrogen atom can be dissociated, or it can be in the form of a salt.

R1A、R2A、R1B及R2B表示烷基時,是直鏈的烷基更為佳。 When R 1A , R 2A , R 1B and R 2B represent an alkyl group, a straight-chain alkyl group is more preferred.

Y1及Y2分別獨立地表示-S-、-O-、-NRX1-或-CRX2RX3-,-NRX1-為較佳。 Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent -S-, -O-, -NR X1 -or -CR X2 R X3 -, preferably -NR X1 -.

RX1、RX2及RX3分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,烷基為較佳。烷基的碳原子數為1~10為較佳,1~5更為佳,1~3尤為佳。烷基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀的任一個,直鏈或分支為較佳,直鏈尤為佳。烷基為甲基或乙基尤為佳。 R X1 , R X2 and R X3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and an alkyl group is preferred. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5, and particularly preferably from 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be any one of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred, and linear is particularly preferred. The alkyl group is particularly preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.

L1A及L1B的含義與式(A)的L1相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 The meanings of L 1A and L 1B are the same as L1 in formula (A), and the preferred ranges are also the same.

V1A、V2A、V1B及V2B所表示之基團與式(A)的Z1及Z2的含氮雜環可具有之取代基中說明之範圍相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 The groups represented by V 1A , V 2A , V 1B and V 2B are the same as those described in the substituents that the nitrogen-containing heterocycle of Z 1 and Z 2 of formula (A) may have, and the preferred ranges are also the same.

m1及m2分別獨立地表示0~4,0~2為較佳。 m1 and m2 each independently represent 0-4, preferably 0-2.

X1所表示之陰離子及陽離子的含義與式(A)的X1中說明之範圍相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 X X 1 represented by the anions and cations meaning as in formula (A) is the same as the one described range, the preferred range is also the same.

以式(A)表示之化合物是以下述(A-11)~(A-16)表示之化合物為較佳。 The compound represented by the formula (A) is preferably the compound represented by the following (A-11) to (A-16).

【化學式17】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0043-25
【Chemical formula 17】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0043-25

式中,R1a及R2a分別獨立地表示烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基或芳基,X1及X2分別獨立地表示-S-、-O-、-NRX1-或-CRX2RX3-,RX1、RX2及RX3分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,R3a、R4a、V1a及V2a分別獨立地表示鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基、雜芳基、-OR10、-COR11、-COOR12、-OCOR13、-NR14R15、-NHCOR16、-CONR17R18、-NHCONR19R20、-NHCOOR21、-SR22、-SO2R23、-SO2OR24、-NHSO2R25或-SO2NR26R27,V1a及V2a可形成稠環,R10~R27分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基或雜環基,-COOR12的R12為氫時及-SO2OR24的R24為氫原子時,氫原子可解離,亦可以是鹽的狀態, m1及m2分別獨立地表示0~4。 In the formula, R 1a and R 2a each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group or an aryl group, and X 1 and X 2 each independently represent -S-, -O-, -NR X1 -or -CR X2 R X3 -, R X1 , R X2 and R X3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R 3a , R 4a , V 1a and V 2a each independently represent a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkane Group, alkenyl, alkynyl, aralkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -OR 10 , -COR 11 , -COOR 12 , -OCOR 13 , -NR 14 R 15 , -NHCOR 16 , -CONR 17 R 18 , -NHCONR 19 R 20 , -NHCOOR 21 , -SR 22 , -SO 2 R 23 , -SO 2 OR 24 , -NHSO 2 R 25 or -SO 2 NR 26 R 27 , V 1a and V 2a can form a condensed ring , R 10 ~ R 27 R each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, -COOR 12, R 12 is hydrogen and the -SO 2 oR 24 When 24 is a hydrogen atom, the hydrogen atom can be dissociated, or it can be in the state of a salt, and m1 and m2 each independently represent 0~4.

R1a及R2a所表示之基團的含義與式(A-1)的R1及R2相同,較佳範圍亦相同。R1a及R2a表示烷基時,是直鏈的烷基更為佳。 The meanings of the groups represented by R 1a and R 2a are the same as those of R 1 and R 2 in the formula (A-1), and the preferred ranges are also the same. When R 1a and R 2a represent an alkyl group, a linear alkyl group is more preferred.

X1及X2的含義與式(A-1)的X1及X2相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 X X the same meaning as in formula (A-1) 1 1 and X 2 and X 2, the preferred range is also the same.

R3a及R4a的含義與式(A)中說明之L1可具有之取代基中說明之範圍相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 The meanings of R 3a and R 4a are the same as the ranges described in the substituents that L 1 described in formula (A) may have, and the preferred ranges are also the same.

V1a及V2a所表示之基團的含義與式(A)中說明之含氮雜環及縮合於此之環可具有之取代基中說明之範圍相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 The meanings of the groups represented by V 1a and V 2a are the same as those described in the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring described in formula (A) and the substituents that the ring condensed therein may have, and the preferred ranges are also the same.

m1及m2分別獨立地表示0~4,0~2為較佳。 m1 and m2 each independently represent 0-4, preferably 0-2.

(二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物(具有二酮吡咯并吡咯結構之化合物)) (Diketopyrrolopyrrole compound (compound with diketopyrrolopyrrole structure))

本發明中,二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物可舉出以下述式(DP)表示之化合物。 In the present invention, the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound may be a compound represented by the following formula (DP).

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0044-27
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0044-27

式中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基、雜芳基。 In the formula, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.

R1及R2為芳基或雜芳基為較佳,芳基更為佳。 R 1 and R 2 are preferably aryl or heteroaryl, more preferably aryl.

烷基的碳原子數為1~30為較佳,1~20更為佳,1~10尤為佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, and particularly preferably 1-10.

芳基的碳原子數為6~30為較佳,6~20更為佳,6~12尤為佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and particularly preferably 6-12.

構成雜芳基之碳原子數為1~30為較佳,1~12更為佳。作為構成雜芳基之雜原子的種類,例如能夠舉出氮原子、氧原子及硫原子。作為構成雜芳基之雜原子的數量,1~3為較佳,1~2更為佳。雜芳基為單環或稠環為較佳,單環或縮合數為2~8的稠環更為佳,單環或縮合數為2~4的稠環為進一步較佳。 The number of carbon atoms constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-12. Examples of the types of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. As the number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group, 1 to 3 are preferred, and 1 to 2 are more preferred. The heteroaryl group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring, a single ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 8 is more preferred, and a single ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 4 is even more preferred.

上述烷基、芳基及雜芳基可具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T。例如,鹵素原子為較佳。 The above-mentioned alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the above-mentioned substituent T can be mentioned. For example, halogen atoms are preferred.

作為以式(DP)表示之化合物的具體例,例如可舉出以下所示之化合物。 As specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (DP), for example, the compounds shown below can be given.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0045-28
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0045-28

(酞菁化合物(具有酞菁結構之化合物)) (Phthalocyanine compound (compound with phthalocyanine structure))

本發明中,酞菁化合物可舉出以下述式(PC)表示之化合物。 In the present invention, the phthalocyanine compound may be a compound represented by the following formula (PC).

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0046-29
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0046-29

式(PC)中,X1~X16分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,M1表示金屬原子或金屬化合物。 In the formula (PC), X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and M 1 represents a metal atom or a metal compound.

X1~X16所表示之取代基可舉出上述取代基T。例如,可舉出鹵素原子、烷氧基、芳烷氧基、雜芳烷氧基、胺基、烷硫基、芳硫基及雜芳硫基,鹵素原子為較佳。 Examples of the substituent represented by X 1 to X 16 include the aforementioned substituent T. For example, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aralkoxy group, a heteroaralkoxy group, an amino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, and a heteroarylthio group can be mentioned, and a halogen atom is preferable.

作為M1所表示之金屬原子,可舉出Mn、Fe、Co、Ni、Cu、Zn、Sn、Pb及Pt。作為金屬化合物,可舉出V=O、Ti=O、AlCl等。M1為Cu、Zn或Ti=O為較佳。 Examples of the metal atom represented by M 1 include Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, Zn, Sn, Pb, and Pt. Examples of metal compounds include V=O, Ti=O, AlCl, and the like. Preferably, M 1 is Cu, Zn or Ti=O.

上述酞菁中,以Ti=O表示M1之化合物(氧代氧鈦酞菁(oxo-titanyl phthalpcyanine))的近紅外線吸收性優異。 Among the above-mentioned phthalocyanines, compounds in which M 1 is represented by Ti=O (oxo-titanyl phthalpcyanine) have excellent near-infrared absorption.

並且,上述酞菁中,M1為Zn或Cu且X1~X16的至少1個為以鹵素原子表示之化合物(鹵素鋅酞菁、鹵素銅酞菁)的可見區域的分光特性優異,能夠較佳地用作綠顏料。 In addition, among the above-mentioned phthalocyanines, M 1 is Zn or Cu, and at least one of X 1 to X 16 is a compound represented by a halogen atom (halogen zinc phthalocyanine, halogen copper phthalocyanine). It is preferably used as a green pigment.

(萘酞菁化合物(具有萘酞菁結構之化合物)) (Naphthalocyanine compound (compound with naphthalocyanine structure))

本發明中,作為萘酞菁化合物,可舉出以下述式(NPC)表示之化合物。 In the present invention, examples of the naphthalocyanine compound include compounds represented by the following formula (NPC).

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0047-30
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0047-30

式(NPC)中,X1~X24分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,M1表示金屬原子或金屬化合物。 In the formula (NPC), X 1 to X 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and M 1 represents a metal atom or a metal compound.

X1~X24所表示之取代基可舉出上述取代基T。例如,可舉出鹵素原子、烷氧基、芳烷氧基、雜芳烷氧基、胺基、烷硫基、芳硫基及雜芳硫基,烷氧基為較佳。 Examples of the substituent represented by X 1 to X 24 include the aforementioned substituent T. For example, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aralkoxy group, a heteroaralkoxy group, an amino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, and a heteroarylthio group can be mentioned, and an alkoxy group is preferable.

作為以式(NPC)表示之化合物的具體例,可舉出以下所示之化合物。 As specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (NPC), the compounds shown below can be given.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0047-31
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0047-31

<<化合物B>> <<Compound B>>

本發明的材料包含具有對樹脂具有吸附性之結構之化合物B。 化合物B是實質上不具有分子量分佈之化合物為較佳。亦即,化合物B是聚合物以外的化合物為較佳。依據該態樣,分子量比高分子小,因此溶劑中的運動性較高,能夠均勻地存在於系統中。因此,可期待在生成顏料時能夠有效地內含之效果。化合物B的分子量為50~2000為較佳,100~1500更為佳。 The material of the present invention includes compound B having a structure that has an adsorbent property to resin. Compound B is preferably a compound having substantially no molecular weight distribution. That is, it is preferable that compound B is a compound other than a polymer. According to this aspect, the molecular weight is smaller than that of the polymer, so the mobility in the solvent is high, and it can exist uniformly in the system. Therefore, it is expected that the effect can be effectively contained in the production of pigments. The molecular weight of compound B is preferably 50-2000, more preferably 100-1500.

本發明中,化合物B中,相對於25℃的溶劑之溶解度為0.2質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上更為佳,1.0質量%以上為進一步較佳。作為溶劑,可舉出後述溶劑一欄中例示之溶劑,選自甲醇、乙醇、四氫呋喃、丙酮之1種以上為較佳。 In the present invention, the solubility of the compound B with respect to the solvent at 25°C is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1.0% by mass or more. As the solvent, the solvents exemplified in the column of the solvent mentioned later can be mentioned, and preferably one or more selected from methanol, ethanol, tetrahydrofuran, and acetone.

作為化合物B所具有之對樹脂具有吸附性之結構,可舉出酸性基、鹼性基、氫鍵結性基、偶極相互作用性基、π-π相互作用性基等。作為酸性基、鹼性基或具有鹽結構之基團,可舉出後述色素衍生物中說明之基團。本發明中,偶極間相互作用是指分極之分子與其他偶極相互作用,且氫鍵亦是其中之一。作為氫鍵以外的具體例,可舉出硝基、全氟烷基、全氟芳基等。本發明中,氫鍵是指藉由共價鍵結和電負性較大的原子結合之氫原子與位於附近之氮、氧、硫、氟、π電子系統等孤電子對所建立的非共價鍵性的引力相互作用。本發明中的氫鍵結性基是指具有上述氫原子或孤電子對的至少一個之取代基,醯胺基、醇基、苯酚基、羧基等。本發明中,π-π相互作用性是指在有機化合物分子的芳香環之間動作之分散力,亦稱為堆疊相互作用。例如,芳香族化合物取牢固的平面結構,存在豐富的藉由π電子系統而非定域化之電子,因此尤其強烈地 顯現倫敦分散力。因此,π電子越增加,相互吸引之力越增強。作為π-π相互作用性基的例子,可舉出芳香環及雜芳香環。作為具體例,可舉出苯環、萘環、并環戊二烯環、茚環、薁環、庚搭烯環、癸烯環、苝環、稠五苯環、乙烷合萘環、菲環、蒽環、稠四苯環、

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0049-91
環、三亞苯環、茀環、聯苯環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡啶環、吡嗪環、嘧啶環、噠嗪環、吲嗪環、吲哚環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、異苯并呋喃環、喹嗪環、喹啉環、酞嗪環、萘啶環、喹噁啉環、喹噁唑啉環、異喹啉環、咔唑環、啡啶環、吖啶環、啡啉環、噻嗯環、苯并哌喃環、呫噸環、啡噁噻環、啡噻嗪環及啡嗪環,可舉出苯環或萘環等。 Examples of the structure possessed by the compound B that are adsorbable to the resin include an acidic group, a basic group, a hydrogen bonding group, a dipole interaction group, and a π-π interaction group. As an acidic group, a basic group, or the group which has a salt structure, the group demonstrated in the pigment derivative mentioned later can be mentioned. In the present invention, the interaction between dipoles refers to the interaction of polarized molecules with other dipoles, and hydrogen bonding is also one of them. As specific examples other than the hydrogen bond, a nitro group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a perfluoroaryl group, and the like can be given. In the present invention, hydrogen bond refers to a non-covalent bond formed by a covalent bond and a more electronegative atom combined with a hydrogen atom and nearby solitary electron pairs such as nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, fluorine, and π electron systems. Valence of gravitational interaction. The hydrogen-bonding group in the present invention refers to a substituent having at least one of the above-mentioned hydrogen atom or lone electron pair, such as an amino group, an alcohol group, a phenol group, a carboxyl group, and the like. In the present invention, π-π interaction refers to the dispersion force acting between the aromatic rings of organic compound molecules, which is also called stacking interaction. For example, aromatic compounds have a solid planar structure, and there are abundant electrons that are not localized by the π-electron system, so the London dispersion force is particularly strong. Therefore, the more π electrons increase, the stronger the mutual attraction force. Examples of the π-π interaction group include aromatic rings and heteroaromatic rings. Specific examples include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentacyclopentadiene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, heptene ring, decene ring, perylene ring, fused pentabenzene ring, ethane naphthalene ring, phenanthrene ring Ring, anthracene ring, fused tetraphenyl ring,
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0049-91
Ring, triphenylene ring, pyridine ring, biphenyl ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, indazine ring, Indole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinazine ring, quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinoxazoline ring, isoquinoline Ring, carbazole ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine ring, phenanthroline ring, thiamine ring, benzopyran ring, xanthene ring, phenoxathi ring, phenanthrazine ring and phenanthrazine ring, including benzene Ring or naphthalene ring, etc.

化合物B具有選自色素結構、雜環結構及含非環式雜原子之基團之1種以上為較佳,至少具有色素結構更為佳。藉由化合物B具有該些結構,容易在顏料A的粒子中內含化合物B,容易獲得顏料A與化合物B牢固地附著之材料。 The compound B preferably has one or more selected from the group consisting of a dye structure, a heterocyclic structure, and a non-cyclic heteroatom-containing group, and it is more preferable to have at least a dye structure. Since the compound B has these structures, it is easy to contain the compound B in the particles of the pigment A, and it is easy to obtain a material to which the pigment A and the compound B adhere firmly.

作為色素結構,可舉出吡咯并吡咯色素結構、二酮吡咯并吡咯色素結構、喹吖啶酮色素結構、蒽醌色素結構、聯蒽醌色素結構、苯并異吲哚色素結構、噻嗪靛藍色素結構、偶氮色素結構、喹啉黃色素結構、酞菁色素結構、萘酞菁色素結構、二噁嗪色素結構、苝色素結構、紫環酮色素結構、苯并咪唑酮色素結構、苯并噻唑色素結構、苯并咪唑色素結構及苯并噁唑色素結構作為較佳一例。 Examples of the pigment structure include pyrrolopyrrole pigment structure, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment structure, quinacridone pigment structure, anthraquinone pigment structure, bianthraquinone pigment structure, benzisoindole pigment structure, thiazide indigo Pigment structure, azo pigment structure, quinoline yellow pigment structure, phthalocyanine pigment structure, naphthalocyanine pigment structure, dioxazine pigment structure, perylene pigment structure, perylene pigment structure, benzimidazolone pigment structure, benzo Thiazole pigment structure, benzimidazole pigment structure, and benzoxazole pigment structure are preferred examples.

作為雜環結構,可舉出噻吩、呋喃、呫噸、吡咯、焦磷、 吡咯烷、二氧戊環、吡唑、吡唑啉、吡唑啶(Pyrazolidine)、咪唑、噁唑、噻唑、噁二唑、三唑、噻二唑、吡喃、吡啶、哌啶、二氧雜環乙烷、嗎福林、噠嗪、嘧啶、哌嗪、三嗪、三噻、異吲哚啉、異吲哚啉酮、苯并咪唑酮、苯并咪唑、苯并噻唑、丁二醯亞胺、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺、萘鄰苯二甲醯亞胺、乙內醯脲、吲哚、喹啉、咔唑、吖啶、吖啶酮、蒽醌作為較佳一例。 As the heterocyclic structure, thiophene, furan, xanthene, pyrrole, pyrophosphorus, Pyrrolidine, dioxolane, pyrazole, pyrazoline, Pyrazolidine, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, oxadiazole, triazole, thiadiazole, pyran, pyridine, piperidine, dioxy Heterocyclic ethane, mopholine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, piperazine, triazine, trithia, isoindoline, isoindolinone, benzimidazolone, benzimidazole, benzothiazole, butadiene Imine, phthalimide, naphthalene phthalimide, hydantoin, indole, quinoline, carbazole, acridine, acridinone, and anthraquinone are preferred examples.

作為含非環式雜原子之基團,可舉出具有氮原子之基團,可舉出脲基、醯亞胺基、醯胺基、磺醯胺基作為較佳一例。作為脲基,可舉出-NR100CONR101R102。R100、R101及R102可分別獨立地舉出氫原子、烷基或芳基。烷基的碳原子數為1~30為較佳,1~20更為佳。烷基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀的任一個。芳基的碳原子數為6~30為較佳,6~20更為佳。R100及R101是氫原子為較佳。R102是烷基或芳基為較佳,芳基更為佳。 Examples of the acyclic heteroatom-containing group include a group having a nitrogen atom, and preferable examples include a ureido group, an imino group, an amide group, and a sulfonamide group. As the ureido group, -NR 100 CONR 101 R 102 can be mentioned. R 100 , R 101 and R 102 may each independently include a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20. The alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20. R 100 and R 101 are preferably hydrogen atoms. R 102 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and more preferably an aryl group.

本發明中,化合物B是色素衍生物為較佳。依該態樣,化合物B容易內含於顏料A的粒子中,容易獲得化合物B牢固地附著於顏料A之材料。作為色素衍生物,具有色素的一部分被酸性基、鹼性基或鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基取代之結構之化合物為較佳,以式(B1)表示之色素衍生物更為佳。以式(B1)表示之色素衍生物中,色素結構P容易吸附於顏料A的表面,因此能夠提高組成物中的顏料A的分散性。並且,組成物包含樹脂時,色素衍生物的末端部X藉由與樹脂的吸附部(極性基團等)的相互作用而吸附於樹脂,因此能夠進一步提高顏料A的分散性。 In the present invention, compound B is preferably a pigment derivative. According to this aspect, the compound B is easily contained in the particles of the pigment A, and it is easy to obtain a material in which the compound B is firmly attached to the pigment A. As the pigment derivative, a compound having a structure in which a part of the pigment is substituted by an acidic group, a basic group, or a phthaliminomethyl group is preferred, and a pigment derivative represented by formula (B1) is more preferred. In the pigment derivative represented by the formula (B1), the pigment structure P is easily adsorbed on the surface of the pigment A, and therefore the dispersibility of the pigment A in the composition can be improved. In addition, when the composition contains a resin, the end portion X of the pigment derivative is adsorbed to the resin due to the interaction with the adsorption portion (polar group etc.) of the resin, so the dispersibility of the pigment A can be further improved.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0051-32
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0051-32

式中,P表示色素結構,L表示單鍵或連結基,X表示酸性基、鹼性基、具有鹽結構之基團或鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基,m表示1以上的整數,n表示1以上的整數,m為2以上時,複數個L及X可互不相同,n為2以上時,複數個X可互不相同。 In the formula, P represents a pigment structure, L represents a single bond or a linking group, X represents an acidic group, a basic group, a group with a salt structure or a phthalimide group, m represents an integer of 1 or more, and n represents An integer of 1 or more, and when m is 2 or more, a plurality of L and X may be different from each other, and when n is 2 or more, a plurality of X may be different from each other.

式(B1)中,P表示色素結構,選自吡咯并吡咯色素結構、二酮吡咯并吡咯色素結構、喹吖啶酮色素結構、蒽醌色素結構、聯蒽醌色素結構、苯并異吲哚色素結構、噻嗪靛藍色素結構、偶氮色素結構、喹啉黃色素結構、酞菁色素結構、萘酞菁色素結構、二噁嗪色素結構、苝色素結構、紫環酮色素結構、苯并咪唑酮色素結構、苯并噻唑色素結構、苯并咪唑色素結構及苯并噁唑色素結構之至少1種為較佳,選自吡咯并吡咯色素結構、二酮吡咯并吡咯色素結構、喹吖啶酮色素結構及苯并咪唑酮色素結構之至少1種為進一步較佳,吡咯并吡咯色素結構尤為佳。藉由色素衍生物具有該些色素結構,能夠更加提高顏料A的分散性。 In formula (B1), P represents the pigment structure, selected from the group consisting of pyrrolopyrrole pigment structure, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment structure, quinacridone pigment structure, anthraquinone pigment structure, bianthraquinone pigment structure, benzisoindole Pigment structure, thiazide indigo pigment structure, azo pigment structure, quinoline yellow pigment structure, phthalocyanine pigment structure, naphthalocyanine pigment structure, dioxazine pigment structure, perylene pigment structure, perylene pigment structure, benzimidazole At least one of keto pigment structure, benzothiazole pigment structure, benzimidazole pigment structure and benzoxazole pigment structure is preferably selected from the group consisting of pyrrolopyrrole pigment structure, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment structure, quinacridone At least one of the pigment structure and the benzimidazolone pigment structure is more preferred, and the pyrrolopyrrole pigment structure is particularly preferred. Since the pigment derivative has these pigment structures, the dispersibility of the pigment A can be further improved.

式(B1)中,L表示單鍵或連結基。 In the formula (B1), L represents a single bond or a linking group.

作為連結基,由1~100個碳原子、0~10個氮原子、0~50個氧原子、1~200個氫原子及0~20個硫原子構成之基團為較佳,可以未經取代,亦可進一步具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T,烷基、芳基、羥基或鹵素原子為較佳。 As the linking group, a group composed of 1 to 100 carbon atoms, 0 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 50 oxygen atoms, 1 to 200 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 20 sulfur atoms is preferred, and may be without It may be substituted and may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent T, and an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, or a halogen atom is preferred.

連結基是伸烷基、伸芳基、含氮雜環基、-NR’-、-SO2-、-S-、-O-、-CO-或由該些的組合構成之基團為較佳,伸烷基、含氮雜環基、-NR’-、-SO2-或由該些的組成構成之基團更為佳。R’表示氫原子、烷基(較佳為碳原子數1~30)或芳基(較佳為碳原子數6~30)。 The linking group is an alkylene group, an aryl group, a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group, -NR'-, -SO 2 -, -S-, -O-, -CO-, or a group composed of a combination of these. Preferably, an alkylene group, a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group, -NR'-, -SO 2 -or a group composed of these are more preferred. R'represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably with 1 to 30 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (preferably with 6 to 30 carbon atoms).

伸烷基的碳原子數為1~30為較佳,1~15更為佳,1~10為進一步較佳。伸烷基可具有取代基。伸烷基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀的任一個。並且,環狀伸烷基可以是單環、多環的任一個。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-10. The alkylene group may have a substituent. The alkylene group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic. In addition, the cyclic alkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.

伸芳基的碳原子數為6~18為較佳,6~14更為佳,6~10為進一步較佳,伸苯基尤為佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 to 18, more preferably 6 to 14, more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably phenyl group.

含氮雜環基是5員環或6員環為較佳。並且,含氮雜環基是單環或稠環為較佳,單環或縮合數為2~8的稠環更為佳,單環或縮合數為2~4的稠環為進一步較佳。構成含氮雜環基之氮原子的數量為1~3為較佳,1~2更為佳。含氮雜環基可包含氮原子以外的雜原子。作為氮原子以外的雜原子,例如可例示氧原子、硫原子。氮原子以外的雜原子的數量為0~3為較佳,0~1更為佳。 The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. In addition, the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 8 is more preferred, and a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 4 is more preferred. The number of nitrogen atoms constituting the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group may contain heteroatoms other than nitrogen atoms. Examples of heteroatoms other than nitrogen atoms include oxygen atoms and sulfur atoms. The number of heteroatoms other than nitrogen atoms is preferably 0 to 3, more preferably 0 to 1.

作為含氮雜環基,可舉出哌嗪環基、吡咯烷環基、吡咯環基、哌啶環基、吡啶環基、咪唑環基、吡唑環基、噁唑環基、噻唑環基、吡嗪環基、嗎福林環基、噻嗪環基、吲哚環基、異吲哚環基、苯并咪唑環基、嘌呤環基、喹啉環基、異喹啉環基、喹噁啉環基、噌啉(cinnoline)環基、咔唑環基及以式(L-1)~(L-7)表示之基團。 Examples of nitrogen-containing heterocyclic groups include piperazine ring groups, pyrrolidin ring groups, pyrrol ring groups, piperidin ring groups, pyridine ring groups, imidazole ring groups, pyrazole ring groups, oxazole ring groups, and thiazole ring groups. , Pyrazinyl, mophorin, thiazinyl, indole, isoindole, benzimidazole, purine, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoline Oxaline ring group, cinnoline ring group, carbazole ring group, and groups represented by formulas (L-1) to (L-7).

【化學式24】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0053-33
【Chemical formula 24】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0053-33

式中的*表示與P、L或X的連結鍵。R表示氫原子或取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T。 The * in the formula represents the bond with P, L or X. R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. As a substituent, the above-mentioned substituent T can be mentioned.

作為連結基的具體例,可舉出伸烷基、伸芳基、-SO2-、以上述(L-1)表示之基團、以上述(L-5)表示之基團、由-O-與伸烷基的組合構成之基團、由-NR’-與伸烷基的組合構成之基團、由-NR’-與-CO-的組合構成之基團(-NR’-CO-、-NR’-CO-NR’-等)、由-NR’-、-CO-與伸烷基的組合構成之基團、由-NR’-、-CO-、伸烷基與伸芳基的組合構成之基團、由-NR’-、-CO-與伸芳基的組合構成之基團、由-NR’-、-SO2-與伸烷基的組合構成之基團、由-NR’-、-SO2-、伸烷基與伸芳基的組合構成之基團、由以上述(L-1)表示之基團與伸烷基的組合構成之基團、由以上述(L-1)表示之基團與伸芳基的組合構成之基團、由以上述(L-1)表示之基團、-SO2-與伸烷基的組合構成之基團、由以上述(L-1)表示之基團、-S-與伸烷基的組合構成之基團、由以上述(L-1)表示之基團、-O-與伸芳基的組合構成之基團、由以上述(L-1)表示之基團、-NR’-、-CO-與伸芳基的組合構成之基團、由以上述(L-3)表示之基團與伸芳基的組合構成之基團等。 Specific examples of the linking group include an alkylene group, an arylene group, -SO 2 -, the group represented by the above (L-1), the group represented by the above (L-5), and the group represented by -O -A group consisting of a combination with an alkylene group, a group consisting of a combination of -NR'- and an alkylene group, a group consisting of a combination of -NR'- and -CO- (-NR'-CO- , -NR'-CO-NR'- etc.), a group consisting of a combination of -NR'-, -CO- and alkylene, and a group consisting of -NR'-, -CO-, alkylene and arylalkylene A group consisting of a combination of -NR'-, -CO- and a combination of an aryl group, a group consisting of a combination of -NR'-, -SO 2 -and an alkylene group, a group consisting of a combination of- NR'-, -SO 2 -, a group composed of a combination of an alkylene group and an aryl group, a group composed of a combination of a group represented by the above (L-1) and an alkylene group, a group composed of the above ( L-1) A group consisting of a combination of a group represented by (L-1), a combination of -SO 2 -and an alkylene group, a group consisting of a combination of the group represented by (L-1), and a combination of The group represented by (L-1), the group composed of the combination of -S- and the alkylene group, the group composed of the group represented by the above (L-1), the combination of -O- and the alkylene group , A group consisting of the group represented by the above (L-1), a combination of -NR'-, -CO- and an aryl group, a group consisting of the group represented by the above (L-3) and an aryl group Combination of groups, etc.

式(B1)中,X表示酸性基、鹼性基、具有鹽結構之基團或鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基。 In the formula (B1), X represents an acidic group, a basic group, a group having a salt structure, or a phthalimide group.

作為酸性基,可舉出羧基、磺基等。 As an acidic group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, etc. are mentioned.

作為鹼性基,可舉出以式(X-3)~(X-9)表示之基團。 Examples of the basic group include groups represented by formulas (X-3) to (X-9).

作為具有鹽結構之基團,可舉出上述酸性基的鹽、鹼性基的鹽、以式(X-1)表示之基團、以(X-2)表示之基團。作為構成鹽之原子或原子團,可舉出金屬原子、四丁基銨等。作為金屬原子,鹼金屬原子或鹼土金屬原子更為佳。作為鹼金屬原子,可舉出鋰、鈉、鉀等。作為鹼土金屬原子,可舉出鈣、鎂等。 Examples of the group having a salt structure include the salt of the above-mentioned acidic group, the salt of the basic group, the group represented by the formula (X-1), and the group represented by (X-2). Examples of the atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include metal atoms, tetrabutylammonium, and the like. As the metal atom, an alkali metal atom or an alkaline earth metal atom is more preferable. Examples of alkali metal atoms include lithium, sodium, potassium, and the like. Examples of alkaline earth metal atoms include calcium, magnesium, and the like.

鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基可以未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述酸性基、鹼性基、具有鹽結構之基團等。並且,亦可以是上述取代基T。取代基T可進一步被其他取代基取代。作為其他取代基,可舉出羧基、磺基等。 The phthalimino group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. As a substituent, the above-mentioned acidic group, a basic group, the group which has a salt structure, etc. are mentioned. In addition, it may be the above-mentioned substituent T. The substituent T may be further substituted by other substituents. As other substituents, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, etc. can be mentioned.

X是選自羧基、磺基、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基及以下述式(X-1)~(X-9)表示之基團之至少一種為較佳。 X is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phthalimide group, and the groups represented by the following formulas (X-1) to (X-9).

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0054-34
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0054-34

式(X-1)~(X-9)中,*表示與式(B1)的L的連結鍵,R100~R106分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基或芳基,R100與R101可相互連結而形成環,M表示與陰離子構成鹽之原子或原子團。 In formulas (X-1) to (X-9), * represents a bond with L of formula (B1), R 100 to R 106 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group, R 100 It can be connected with R 101 to form a ring, and M represents an atom or an atom group that forms a salt with an anion.

烷基可以是直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的任一個。直鏈狀的烷基的碳原子數為1~20為較佳,1~12更為佳,1~8進一步較佳。分支狀的烷基的碳原子數為3~20為較佳,3~12更為佳,3~8為進一步較佳。環狀的烷基可以是單環、多環的任一個。環狀的烷基的碳原子數為3~20為較佳,4~10更為佳,6~10為進一步較佳。 The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms of the linear alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-12, and still more preferably 1-8. The number of carbon atoms of the branched alkyl group is preferably 3-20, more preferably 3-12, and still more preferably 3-8. The cyclic alkyl group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms of the cyclic alkyl group is preferably 3-20, more preferably 4-10, and still more preferably 6-10.

烯基的碳原子數為2~10為較佳,2~8更為佳,2~4為進一步較佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably 2-10, more preferably 2-8, and still more preferably 2-4.

芳基的碳原子數為6~18為較佳,6~14更為佳,6~10為進一步較佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6-18, more preferably 6-14, and still more preferably 6-10.

R100與R101可相互連結而形成環。環可以是脂肪族環,亦可以是芳香族環。環可以是單環,亦可以是多環。作為R100與R101鍵結而形成環時的連結基,能夠藉由選自由-CO-、-O-、-NH-、2價的脂肪族基、2價的芳香族基及該些的組合構成之群組之2價的連結基連結。作為具體例,例如可舉出哌嗪環、吡咯烷環、吡咯環、哌啶環、吡啶環、咪唑環、吡唑環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡嗪環、嗎福林環、噻嗪環、吲哚環、異吲哚環、苯并咪唑環、嘌呤環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、喹噁啉環、噌啉環、咔唑環等。 R 100 and R 101 may be connected to each other to form a ring. The ring may be an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring. The ring can be a single ring or multiple rings. As the linking group when R 100 and R 101 are bonded to form a ring, it can be selected from -CO-, -O-, -NH-, divalent aliphatic groups, divalent aromatic groups and these The divalent linking base link of the group constituted by the combination. As specific examples, for example, piperazine ring, pyrrolidine ring, pyrrole ring, piperidine ring, pyridine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazine ring, moforine ring, thiol Oxazine ring, indole ring, isoindole ring, benzimidazole ring, purine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, quinoxaline ring, cinnoline ring, carbazole ring, etc.

M表示與陰離子構成鹽之原子或原子團。該些可舉出上述者, 較佳範圍亦相同。 M represents an atom or group of atoms forming a salt with an anion. These can include the above, The preferred range is also the same.

式(B1)中,m表示1以上的整數。m的上限表示色素結構P可取之取代基的數量。例如,10以下為較佳,5以下更為佳。m為2以上時,複數個L及X可互不相同。 In formula (B1), m represents an integer of 1 or more. The upper limit of m represents the number of substituents that the pigment structure P can take. For example, 10 or less is preferable, and 5 or less is more preferable. When m is 2 or more, a plurality of L and X may be different from each other.

n表示1以上的整數,1~3為較佳,1~2更為佳。n為2以上時,複數個X可互不相同。 n represents an integer greater than or equal to 1, preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 to 2. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of Xs may be different from each other.

作為以式(B1)表示之色素衍生物的具體例,可舉出以下的(B-1)~(B-62)。另外,以下的化學式中,m、m1、m2及m3分別獨立地表示1以上的整數。 As specific examples of the dye derivative represented by the formula (B1), the following (B-1) to (B-62) can be given. In addition, in the following chemical formulae, m, m1, m2, and m3 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more.

【化學式26】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0057-35
【Chemical formula 26】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0057-35

【化學式27】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0058-38
【Chemical formula 27】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0058-38

【化學式28】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0059-40
【Chemical formula 28】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0059-40

【化學式29】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0060-42
【Chemical formula 29】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0060-42

【化學式30】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0061-44
【Chemical formula 30】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0061-44

【化學式31】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0062-45
【Chemical formula 31】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0062-45

【表3】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0063-50
【table 3】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0063-50

上述表中的Ar-5、Ar-6、R-1~R-7、R-a~R-1如下。以下示出之結構中的「*」是鍵結鍵。 Ar-5, Ar-6, R-1~R-7, R-a~R-1 in the above table are as follows. The "*" in the structure shown below is a bonding key.

【化學式32】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0064-95
【Chemical formula 32】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0064-95

本發明中,作為色素衍生物,均能夠較佳地使用日本特開昭56-118462號公報、日本特開昭63-264674號公報、日本特開平1-217077號公報、日本特開平3-9961號公報、日本特開平3-26767號公報、日本特開平3-153780號公報、日本特開平3-45662號公報、日本特開平4-285669號公報、日本特開平6-145546號公報、日本特開平6-212088號公報、日本特開平6-240158號公報、日本特開平10-30063號公報、日本特開平10-195326號公報、國際公開WO2011/024896號小冊子的段落號0086~0098、國際公開WO2012/102399號小冊子的段落號0063~0094等中記載者,該內容編入本說明書中。 In the present invention, as the pigment derivative, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 56-118462, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 63-264674, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 1-217077, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 3-9961 can be preferably used. No. 3-26767, Japanese Patent Publication No. 3-26767, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 3-153780, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 3-4-5662, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 4-285669, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 6-145546, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. Kaiping No. 6-212088, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 6-240158, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-30063, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-195326, International Publication WO2011/024896 Pamphlet No. 0086~0098, International Publication For those described in paragraph numbers 0063 to 0094 of the pamphlet No. WO2012/102399, this content is incorporated into this specification.

<本發明的材料的製造方法> <Production method of the material of the present invention>

接著,對本發明的材料的製造方法進行說明。本發明的材料的製造方法是包含顏料A及具有對樹脂具有吸附性之結構之化合 物B之材料的製造方法,其中,合成顏料A時,在存在具有對樹脂具有吸附性之結構之化合物B之情況下,使顏料A的原料化合物發生反應來合成顏料A。藉由如此合成顏料A,可獲得化合物B牢固地附著於顏料A之材料。即使用溶劑等清洗該材料,化合物B亦牢固地附著於顏料A。 Next, the manufacturing method of the material of the present invention will be described. The manufacturing method of the material of the present invention is a compound containing pigment A and a structure that has resin adsorption The method for producing the material of the substance B, wherein when synthesizing the pigment A, in the presence of the compound B having a structure that has an adsorbability to the resin, the raw material compound of the pigment A is reacted to synthesize the pigment A. By synthesizing the pigment A in this way, a material in which the compound B is firmly attached to the pigment A can be obtained. Even if the material is washed with a solvent or the like, the compound B adheres to the pigment A firmly.

雖然依據本發明的製造方法獲得化合物B牢固地附著於顏料A之材料之詳細的機理不明,但推斷為藉由在存在上述化合物B之情況下,使顏料A的原料化合物發生反應來合成顏料A,化合物B被吸引到顏料A的粒子內部,因此獲得了化合物B牢固地附著於顏料A之材料。另外,單純混合顏料A與化合物B時,化合物B向顏料A的吸附性較低,若用具有對化合物B之溶解性之溶劑等對混合了兩者之材料進行清洗,則化合物B從顏料A的表面剝離而化合物B不易殘留在顏料A的表面。因此,藉由本發明的製造方法獲得之材料具有與藉由習知之方法製造之材料不同之特性。 Although the detailed mechanism of obtaining the material of the compound B firmly attached to the pigment A according to the manufacturing method of the present invention is not clear, it is inferred that pigment A is synthesized by reacting the raw material compound of the pigment A in the presence of the above-mentioned compound B , The compound B is attracted to the inside of the pigment A particles, so a material in which the compound B is firmly attached to the pigment A is obtained. In addition, when the pigment A and the compound B are simply mixed, the adsorption of the compound B to the pigment A is relatively low. The surface of the pigment is peeled off, and the compound B is not easy to remain on the surface of the pigment A. Therefore, the material obtained by the manufacturing method of the present invention has different characteristics from the material manufactured by the conventional method.

藉由本發明的製造方法獲得之材料中,顏料A的含量為30~99質量%為較佳。下限為40質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為90質量%以下為較佳,80質量%以下為進一步較佳。 In the material obtained by the manufacturing method of the present invention, the content of the pigment A is preferably 30 to 99% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 40% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 90% by mass or less, and more preferably 80% by mass or less.

並且,化合物B的含量為0.99質量%以上且小於70質量%為較佳。下限為2.91質量%以上為進一步較佳,4.76質量%以上尤為佳。上限為60質量%以下為較佳,50質量%以下為進一步較佳。 In addition, the content of the compound B is preferably 0.99% by mass or more and less than 70% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 2.91% by mass or more, and more preferably 4.76% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 60% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or less.

並且,以下述式(I)表示之X1為0.99以上為較佳,3以上更為佳,5以上尤為佳。上限例如能夠設為70以下,還能夠設為60以下,亦能夠設為50以下。 In addition, X 1 represented by the following formula (I) is preferably 0.99 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and particularly preferably 5 or more. The upper limit can be set to 70 or less, for example, 60 or less, or 50 or less.

X1=(X2/X3)×100......(I) X 1 =(X 2 /X 3 )×100......(I)

X2為在25℃下顏料A的溶解度為0.02質量%以下且化合物B的溶解度為0.2質量%以上的溶劑中浸漬材料之後的材料中的化合物B的質量,X3為浸漬於上述溶劑之後的材料的固體成分的質量。 X 2 is the mass of compound B in the material after the material is immersed in a solvent with a solubility of pigment A of 0.02% by mass or less and a solubility of compound B of 0.2% by mass or more at 25° C., and X 3 is the mass of compound B after immersing in the above solvent The quality of the solid content of the material.

上述溶劑及浸漬方法的含義與上述本發明的材料中說明之內容相同。 The meanings of the above-mentioned solvent and dipping method are the same as those described in the above-mentioned material of the present invention.

<組成物> <Composition>

接著,對本發明的組成物進行說明。本發明的組成物包含上述本發明的材料。本發明的組成物中的上述材料的含量在總固體成分中為1~80質量%為較佳,下限為3質量%以上為較佳,5質量%以上更為佳。上限為70質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下更為佳。 Next, the composition of the present invention will be described. The composition of the present invention includes the above-mentioned material of the present invention. The content of the above-mentioned materials in the composition of the present invention is preferably 1 to 80% by mass in the total solid content, and the lower limit is preferably 3% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.

<<彩色著色劑>> <<Color Colorant>>

本發明的組成物中,除了上述本發明的材料以外,還可包含彩色著色劑。另外,本發明中,彩色著色劑表示白色著色劑及黑色著色劑以外的著色劑。彩色著色劑為在波長400~650nm的範圍具有極大吸收波長之著色劑為較佳。 The composition of the present invention may contain a coloring agent in addition to the above-mentioned material of the present invention. In addition, in the present invention, the color coloring agent means a coloring agent other than a white coloring agent and a black coloring agent. The coloring agent is preferably a coloring agent having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 650 nm.

彩色著色劑可以是顏料亦可以是染料。作為顏料,可舉出以 往公知的各種無機顏料或有機顏料。作為有機顏料,可舉出上述本發明的材料中說明之彩色顏料。作為染料,例如可使用日本特開昭64-90403號公報、日本特開昭64-91102號公報、日本特開平1-94301號公報、日本特開平6-11614號公報、日本特登2592207號、美國專利4808501號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、美國專利505950號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、日本特開平5-333207號公報、日本特開平6-35183號公報、日本特開平6-51115號公報、日本特開平6-194828號公報等中公開之色素。若作為化學結構進行區分,則能夠使用吡唑偶氮化合物、吡咯亞苯基化合物、苯胺偶氮化合物、三苯甲烷化合物、蒽醌化合物、亞苄基化合物、氧雜菁化合物、吡唑并三唑偶氮化合物、吡啶酮偶氮化合物、花青化合物、啡噻嗪化合物、吡咯并吡唑甲亞胺化合物等。並且,作為染料,亦可使用色素多聚體。作為色素多聚體,可舉出日本特開2011-213925號公報、日本特開2013-041097號公報中記載之化合物。 The coloring agent can be a pigment or a dye. As a pigment, one can cite A variety of well-known inorganic or organic pigments. Examples of organic pigments include the color pigments described in the above-mentioned material of the present invention. As the dye, for example, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 64-90403, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 64-91102, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 1-94301, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 6-11614, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2592207, Specification of U.S. Patent No. 4808501, Specification of U.S. Patent No. 5,67,920, Specification of U.S. Patent No. 505950, Specification of U.S. Patent No. 5,669,920, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-333207, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-35183, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-51115 , The pigment disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-194828, etc. If distinguished as a chemical structure, pyrazole azo compounds, pyrrole phenylene compounds, aniline azo compounds, triphenylmethane compounds, anthraquinone compounds, benzylidene compounds, oxacyanine compounds, pyrazolo three compounds can be used. Azole azo compounds, pyridone azo compounds, cyanine compounds, phenothiazine compounds, pyrrolopyrazol azomethine compounds, and the like. In addition, as a dye, a dye multimer can also be used. Examples of the dye multimer include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-213925 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-041097.

本發明的組成物含有彩色著色劑時,彩色著色劑的含量設為在本發明的組成物的總固體成分中為0.01~70質量%為較佳。下限為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上更為佳。上限為60質量%以下為較佳,50質量%以下更為佳。 When the composition of the present invention contains a color colorant, the content of the color colorant is preferably 0.01 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. The lower limit is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 60% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or less.

彩色著色劑的含量相對於本發明的材料與下述所示之紅外線吸收劑的合計100質量份,為10~1000質量份為較佳,50~800質量份更為佳。 The content of the coloring agent is preferably 10 to 1000 parts by mass, and more preferably 50 to 800 parts by mass relative to the total of 100 parts by mass of the material of the present invention and the infrared absorber shown below.

並且,本發明的材料、紅外線吸收劑、彩色著色劑的合計量設為在本發明的組成物的總固體成分中為1~70質量%為較佳。下限為3質量%以上為較佳,5質量%以上更為佳。上限為60質量%以下為較佳,50質量%以下更為佳。 In addition, the total amount of the material of the present invention, the infrared absorber, and the color colorant is preferably 1 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. The lower limit is preferably 3% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 60% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or less.

並且,本發明的組成物亦能夠設為實質上不含有彩色著色劑之態樣,實質上不含有彩色著色劑是指彩色著色劑的含量在本發明的組成物的總固體成分中為0.005質量%以下為較佳,0.001質量%以下為進一步較佳,不含有彩色著色劑為進一步較佳。 In addition, the composition of the present invention can also be set to a state that does not substantially contain a color colorant. Substantially not containing a color colorant means that the content of the color colorant is 0.005 mass in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. % Or less is preferable, 0.001 mass% or less is more preferable, and it is more preferable not to contain a coloring agent.

<<紅外線吸收劑>> <<Infrared Absorber>>

本發明的組成物中,除了上述本發明的材料以外,還可包含紅外線吸收劑。紅外線吸收劑表示在近紅外區域(較佳為波長700~1200nm)具有吸收之化合物。紅外線吸收劑的極大吸收波長在700~1000nm的範圍內為進一步較佳,在800~1000nm範圍內具有尤為佳。紅外線吸收劑可以是顏料亦可以是染料。作為紅外線吸收劑,例如可舉出吡咯并吡咯化合物、銅化合物、花青化合物、酞菁化合物、亞銨化合物、硫醇錯合物、過渡金屬氧化物化合物、方酸內鎓鹽化合物、萘酞菁化合物、夸特瑞烯(quaterrylene)化合物、二硫醇金屬錯合物、克酮鎓(croconium)化合物、呋喃(oxole)化合物等。 The composition of the present invention may contain an infrared absorber in addition to the above-mentioned material of the present invention. The infrared absorber means a compound that has absorption in the near infrared region (preferably with a wavelength of 700 to 1200 nm). The maximum absorption wavelength of the infrared absorber is more preferably in the range of 700 to 1000 nm, and particularly preferably in the range of 800 to 1000 nm. The infrared absorber can be a pigment or a dye. Examples of infrared absorbers include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, copper compounds, cyanine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, iminium compounds, thiol complex compounds, transition metal oxide compounds, squaraine ylide compounds, and naphthalenephthalein compounds. Cyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, dithiol metal complexes, croconium compounds, oxole compounds, etc.

本發明的組成物含有紅外線吸收劑時,紅外線吸收劑的含量相對於本發明的組成物的材料100質量份為0.1~50質量份為較佳,0.5~30質量份更為佳,1.0~15質量份為進一步較佳。 When the composition of the present invention contains an infrared absorber, the content of the infrared absorber is preferably 0.1-50 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the material of the composition of the present invention, preferably 0.5-30 parts by mass, and 1.0-15 Parts by mass are further preferred.

並且,還能夠設為實質上不包含紅外線吸收劑之組成。另外,實質上不包含紅外線吸收劑是指,例如,相對於材料100質量份,紅外線吸收劑的含量為0.1質量份以下為較佳,0.05質量份以下更為佳,0.01質量份以下為進一步較佳,不含有為進一步較佳。 Moreover, it can also be set as the composition which does not contain an infrared absorber substantially. In addition, the fact that the infrared absorber is not substantially included means that, for example, relative to 100 parts by mass of the material, the content of the infrared absorber is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.05 parts by mass or less, and 0.01 parts by mass or less is more preferred. Preferably, it is more preferable not to contain it.

<<屏蔽可見光之有色材料>> <<Colored materials shielding visible light>>

本發明的組成物還能夠含有屏蔽可見光之有色材料。該組成物例如能夠較佳地用作紅外線透射濾波器形成用的組成物。另外,本發明中,紅外線透射濾波器是表示屏蔽可見區域的波長的光且使紅外區域的波長的光(紅外線)透射之濾波器。 The composition of the present invention can also contain a colored material that shields visible light. This composition can be suitably used as a composition for forming an infrared transmission filter, for example. In addition, in the present invention, the infrared transmission filter means a filter that blocks light of wavelengths in the visible region and transmits light (infrared rays) of wavelengths in the infrared region.

屏蔽可見光之有色材料藉由複數個有色材料的組合,呈現黑色、灰色或接近該些之顏色為較佳。並且,屏蔽可見光之有色材料是吸收紫色至紅色的波長域的光之材料為較佳。並且,屏蔽可見光之有色材料是屏蔽波長450~650nm的波長域的光之有色材料為較佳。 The colored material that shields visible light is preferably black, gray, or a color close to these by a combination of a plurality of colored materials. In addition, a colored material that shields visible light is preferably a material that absorbs light in the violet to red wavelength range. In addition, the colored material that shields visible light is preferably a colored material that shields light in the wavelength range of 450 to 650 nm.

本發明中,屏蔽可見光之有色材料滿足以下的(1)及(2)的至少一個要件為較佳,滿足(1)的要件為進一步較佳。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the colored material for shielding visible light satisfies at least one of the following requirements (1) and (2), and it is more preferable to satisfy the requirement (1).

(1):包含2種以上的彩色著色劑之態樣。 (1): Contains two or more color colorants.

(2):包含有機系黑色著色劑之態樣。 (2): Contains organic black colorant.

另外,本發明中,作為屏蔽可見光之有色材料的有機系黑色著色劑是表示吸收可見光線但使紅外線的至少一部分透射之材料。因此,本發明中,作為屏蔽可見光之有色材料的有機系黑色著色劑不包含吸收可見光線及紅外線這兩者之黑色著色劑,例如碳黑和 鈦黑。 In addition, in the present invention, the organic black colorant as a colored material that shields visible light means a material that absorbs visible light but transmits at least a part of infrared rays. Therefore, in the present invention, the organic black colorant as a colored material that shields visible light does not include black colorants that absorb both visible light and infrared rays, such as carbon black and Titanium black.

作為彩色著色劑,可舉出上述者。 As a coloring agent, the above-mentioned are mentioned.

作為有機系黑色著色劑,例如可舉出雙苯并呋喃酮化合物、甲亞胺化合物、苝化合物、偶氮化合物等,雙苯并呋喃酮化合物、苝化合物為較佳。 Examples of the organic black colorant include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, azo compounds, and the like, and bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds are preferred.

作為雙苯并呋喃酮化合物,可舉出日本特表2010-534726號公報、日本特表2012-515233號公報、日本特表2012-515234號公報等中記載者,例如,可作為BASF公司製的「Irgaphor Black」來獲得。 Examples of the bisbenzofuranone compound include those described in Japanese Patent Application No. 2010-534726, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-515233, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-515234. For example, they may be manufactured by BASF Corporation. "Irgaphor Black" to get it.

作為苝化合物,可舉出C.I.Pigment Black 31、32等。 Examples of the perylene compound include C.I. Pigment Black 31, 32 and the like.

作為甲亞胺化合物,可舉出日本特開平1-170601號公報、日本特開平2-34664號公報等中記載者,例如可作為Dainichiseika Color & Chemicals Mfg.Co.,Ltd.製的「CHROMOFINEBLACK A1103」來獲得。 Examples of the azomethine compound include those described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 1-170601, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2-34664, etc., for example, "CHROMOFINEBLACK A1103 manufactured by Dainichiseika Color & Chemicals Mfg. Co., Ltd. "To get.

本發明中,屏蔽可見光之有色材料中,例如波長450~650nm的範圍內的吸光度的最小值A與波長900~1300nm的範圍內的吸光度的最小值B之比亦即A/B為4.5以上為較佳。上述特性可藉由1種原材料滿足,亦可藉由複數種原材料的組合來滿足。例如,上述(1)的態樣的情況下,組合複數種彩色著色劑來滿足上述分光特性為較佳。 In the present invention, in the colored material that shields visible light, for example, the ratio of the minimum absorbance value A in the wavelength range of 450 to 650 nm to the minimum absorbance value B in the wavelength range of 900 to 1300 nm, that is, A/B of 4.5 or more is Better. The above-mentioned characteristics can be satisfied by one kind of raw material, or by a combination of multiple kinds of raw materials. For example, in the case of the aspect (1) above, it is preferable to combine a plurality of color colorants to satisfy the above-mentioned spectral characteristics.

作為屏蔽可見光之有色材料而包含2種以上的彩色著色劑時,彩色著色劑是選自紅色著色劑、綠色著色劑、藍色著色劑、 黃色著色劑、紫色著色劑及橙色著色劑之著色劑為較佳。作為組合2種以上的彩色著色劑來形成屏蔽可見光之有色材料之情況下的彩色著色劑的組合,例如可舉出以下。 When two or more kinds of color colorants are included as a colored material that shields visible light, the color colorants are selected from the group consisting of red colorants, green colorants, blue colorants, Coloring agents of yellow coloring agent, purple coloring agent and orange coloring agent are preferred. Examples of the combination of color colorants in the case of combining two or more color colorants to form a colored material that shields visible light include the following.

(1)含有黃色著色劑、藍色著色劑、紫色著色劑及紅色著色劑之態樣 (1) Containing yellow coloring agent, blue coloring agent, purple coloring agent and red coloring agent

(2)含有黃色著色劑、藍色著色劑及紅色著色劑之態樣 (2) Containing yellow coloring agent, blue coloring agent and red coloring agent

(3)含有黃色著色劑、紫色著色劑及紅色著色劑之態樣 (3) Containing yellow coloring agent, purple coloring agent and red coloring agent

(4)含有黃色著色劑及紫色著色劑之態樣 (4) Contains yellow coloring agent and purple coloring agent

(5)含有綠色著色劑、藍色著色劑、紫色著色劑及紅色著色劑之態樣 (5) Containing green coloring agent, blue coloring agent, purple coloring agent and red coloring agent

(6)含有紫色著色劑及橙色著色劑之態樣 (6) Containing purple coloring agent and orange coloring agent

(7)含有綠色著色劑、紫色著色劑及紅色著色劑之態樣 (7) Containing green coloring agent, purple coloring agent and red coloring agent

(8)含有綠色著色劑及紅色著色劑之態樣 (8) Containing green coloring agent and red coloring agent

本發明的組成物含有屏蔽可見光之有色材料時,設為屏蔽可見光之有色材料的含量在本發明的組成物的總固體成分中為0.01~70質量%為較佳。下限為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上更為佳。上限為60質量%以下為較佳,50質量%以下更為佳。屏蔽可見光之有色材料的含量相對於本發明的材料與紅外線吸收劑的合計100質量份,為10~1000質量份為較佳,50~800質量份更為佳。並且,設為本發明的材料、紅外線吸收劑與屏蔽可見光之有色材料的合計量在本發明的組成物的總固體成分中為1~70質量%為較佳。下限為3質量%以上為較佳,5質量%以上更為佳。 上限為60質量%以下為較佳,50質量%以下更為佳。 When the composition of the present invention contains a colored material that shields visible light, the content of the colored material that shields visible light is preferably 0.01 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. The lower limit is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 60% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or less. The content of the colored material that shields visible light is preferably 10 to 1,000 parts by mass, and more preferably 50 to 800 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total of the material of the present invention and the infrared absorber. In addition, it is preferable that the total amount of the material of the present invention, the infrared absorber, and the colored material shielding visible light is 1 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. The lower limit is preferably 3% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 60% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or less.

<<色素衍生物>> <<Pigment Derivatives>>

本發明的組成物還包含色素衍生物為較佳。藉由包含色素衍生物,能夠在組成物中提高顏料的分散性並有效地抑制顏料的凝聚。作為色素衍生物,可舉出上述本發明的材料的化合物B中說明之色素衍生物。 The composition of the present invention preferably further contains a pigment derivative. By including the pigment derivative, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition can be improved and the aggregation of the pigment can be effectively suppressed. As the pigment derivative, the pigment derivative described in the compound B of the above-mentioned material of the present invention can be exemplified.

本發明的組成物含有色素衍生物時,色素衍生物的含量相對於組成物中包含之顏料100質量份,為1~50質量份為較佳。下限值為3質量份以上為較佳,5質量份以上更為佳。上限值為40質量份以下為較佳,30質量份以下更為佳。若色素衍生物的含量在上述範圍,則能夠提高顏料的分散性並有效地抑制粒子的凝聚。色素衍生物可以僅為1種亦可以為2種以上,為2種以上時,合計量為上述範圍為較佳。 When the composition of the present invention contains a pigment derivative, the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1-50 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment contained in the composition. The lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or less. If the content of the pigment derivative is in the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment can be improved and the aggregation of particles can be effectively suppressed. The dye derivative may be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the total amount is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

<<有機溶劑>> <<Organic Solvent>>

本發明的組成物還包含有機溶劑為較佳。 The composition of the present invention preferably further contains an organic solvent.

有機溶劑並無特別限制,只要是可均勻地溶解或分散各成分者,則可依據目的適當選擇。例如,可較佳地舉出醇類、酮類、酯類、芳香族烴類、鹵代烴類及二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基亞碸、四氫噻吩碸等。該些可單獨使用1種亦可併用2種以上。 The organic solvent is not particularly limited, and as long as it can uniformly dissolve or disperse each component, it can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, alcohols, ketones, esters, aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbons, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, dimethylsulfene, and tetrahydrothiophene can be preferably cited.碸 etc. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

作為醇類、芳香族烴類、鹵代烴類的具體例,可舉出日本特開2012-194534號公報的段落號0136等中記載者,該內容編入本說明書中。 As specific examples of alcohols, aromatic hydrocarbons, and halogenated hydrocarbons, those described in paragraph 0136 of JP 2012-194534 A, etc. can be cited, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

作為酯類、酮類、醚類的具體例,可舉出日本特開2012-208494號公報的段落號0497(對應之美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的<0609>)中記載者。而且,可舉出乙酸正戊酯、丙酸乙酯、鄰苯二甲酸二甲酯、苯甲酸乙酯、硫酸甲酯、丙酮、甲基異丁酮、二乙基醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯等。 Specific examples of esters, ketones, and ethers include those described in paragraph 0497 of JP 2012-208494 A (corresponding to <0609> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099). Furthermore, n-pentyl acetate, ethyl propionate, dimethyl phthalate, ethyl benzoate, methyl sulfate, acetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, diethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl Ether acetate and so on.

作為有機溶劑,選自環戊酮、環己酮、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、乙酸丁酯、2-丁醇、乙醇、乳酸乙酯及丙二醇單甲基醚(1-甲氧基-2-丙醇)之至少1種以上為較佳。 As an organic solvent, selected from cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, butyl acetate, 2-butanol, ethanol, ethyl lactate and propylene glycol monomethyl At least one type of ether (1-methoxy-2-propanol) is preferred.

本發明中,有機溶劑使用金屬含量較少之有機溶劑為較佳。有機溶劑的金屬含量例如為10ppb以下為較佳。可依據需要使用ppt級別的溶劑,該種高純度溶劑例如由Toyo Gosei Co.,Ltd提供(化學工業日報、2015年11月13日)。 In the present invention, it is better to use an organic solvent with less metal content as the organic solvent. The metal content of the organic solvent is preferably 10 ppb or less, for example. A ppt-level solvent can be used as needed, and this high-purity solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd (Chemical Industry Daily, November 13, 2015).

作為從有機溶劑去除金屬等雜質之方法,例如可舉出利用蒸餾(分子蒸餾或薄膜蒸餾等)或過濾器之過濾。作為利用過濾器之過濾中的過濾器孔徑,細孔尺寸為10nm以下為較佳,5nm以下更為佳,3nm以下為進一步較佳。作為過濾器的材質,聚四氟乙烯製、聚乙烯製、尼龍製的過濾器為較佳。 As a method of removing impurities such as metals from the organic solvent, for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) or filtration with a filter can be cited. As the pore size of the filter in filtration with a filter, the pore size is preferably 10 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or less, and more preferably 3 nm or less. As the material of the filter, a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon is preferable.

有機溶劑亦可包含異構物(相同原子數且不同結構的化合物)。並且,異構物可僅包含1種,亦可包含複數種。 The organic solvent may also contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms and different structures). In addition, the isomer may include only one type, or may include a plurality of types.

關於有機溶劑的含量,本發明的組成物的總固體成分成為5~60質量%之量為較佳,成為10~40質量%之量更為佳。有機溶劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上,為2種以上時,合計 量成為上述範圍為較佳。 Regarding the content of the organic solvent, the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is preferably 5 to 60% by mass, and more preferably 10 to 40% by mass. The organic solvent may be only one type, or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the total The amount is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

<<樹脂>> <<Resin>>

本發明的組成物還包含樹脂為較佳。樹脂例如作為使顏料或本發明的材料等分散於組成物中之分散劑而調配。 The composition of the present invention preferably further contains a resin. The resin is formulated as a dispersant for dispersing a pigment or the material of the present invention in the composition, for example.

作為分散劑發揮作用之樹脂是酸性型樹脂和/或鹼性型樹脂為較佳。 The resin that functions as a dispersant is preferably an acid type resin and/or a basic type resin.

其中,酸性型樹脂表示酸基的量多於鹼性基的量者。酸性型樹脂是將樹脂中的酸基的量與鹼性基的量的合計量設為100莫耳%時,酸基的量占70莫耳%以上者為較佳,實質上僅由酸基構成者更為佳。酸性型樹脂所具有之酸基是羧基為較佳。酸性型樹脂的酸值為40~105mgKOH/g為較佳,50~105mgKOH/g更為佳,60~105mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。 Here, the acidic resin means one having more acid groups than basic groups. For acidic resins, when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups in the resin is set to 100 mol%, the amount of acid groups is preferably 70 mol% or more, and it is essentially composed of only acid groups. The composer is better. The acid group possessed by the acidic resin is preferably a carboxyl group. The acid value of the acidic resin is preferably 40-105 mgKOH/g, more preferably 50-105 mgKOH/g, and still more preferably 60-105 mgKOH/g.

並且,鹼基型樹脂表示鹼性基的量多於酸基的量者。鹼基型樹脂是將樹脂中的酸基的量與鹼性基的量的合計量設為100莫耳%時,鹼性基的量占50莫耳%以上者為較佳。鹼性型樹脂所具有之鹼性基是胺為較佳。 In addition, the base-type resin means one having more basic groups than acid groups. In the basic resin, when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups in the resin is 100 mol%, it is preferable that the amount of basic groups account for 50 mol% or more. The basic group possessed by the basic resin is preferably an amine.

樹脂可依據其結構進一步分類為直鏈狀高分子、末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子。 Resins can be further classified into linear polymers, end-modified polymers, grafted polymers, and block polymers based on their structure.

作為末端改質型高分子,例如可舉出日本特開平3-112992號公報、日本日本特表2003-533455號公報等中記載之在末端具有磷酸基之高分子、日本特開2002-273191號公報等中記載之在末端具有磺酸基之高分子、日本特開平9-77994號公報等中記載之 具有有機色素的部分骨架或雜環之高分子等。並且,日本特開2007-277514號公報中記載之在高分子末端導入2個以上的對顏料表面的固定部位(酸基、鹼性基、有機色素的部分骨架或雜環等)之高分子的分散穩定性亦優異,因此為較佳。 As the terminal modified polymer, for example, the polymer having a phosphate group at the terminal described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 3-112992, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2003-533455, etc., and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-273191 The polymer having a sulfonic acid group at the end is described in the bulletin, etc., and it is described in the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-77994, etc. Part of the skeleton of organic pigments or heterocyclic polymers, etc. In addition, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2007-277514 describes the introduction of two or more fixed sites (acid groups, basic groups, partial skeletons or heterocycles of organic pigments, etc.) on the surface of the pigment into the end of the polymer. The dispersion stability is also excellent, so it is preferable.

作為接枝型高分子,例如可舉出日本特開昭54-37082號公報、日本特表平8-507960號公報、日本特開2009-258668公報等中記載之聚(低級伸烷基亞胺)與聚酯的反應產物、日本特開平9-169821號公報等中記載的聚烯丙胺與聚酯的反應產物、日本特開平10-339949號、日本特開2004-37986號公報等中記載的巨分子單體與氮原子單體的共聚物、日本特開2003-238837號公報、日本特開2008-9426號公報、日本特開2008-81732號公報等中記載的具有有機色素的部分骨架或雜環之接枝型高分子、日本特開2010-106268號公報等中記載的巨分子單體與含有酸基之單體的共聚物等。作為巨分子單體,例如可舉出TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD製的巨分子單體AA-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基之聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯)、AS-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基之聚苯乙烯)、AN-6S(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基之苯乙烯與丙烯腈的共聚物)、AB-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基之聚丙烯酸丁酯)、Daicel Corporation製的PLACCEL FM5(甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙基的ε-己內酯5莫耳當量加成物)、FA10L(丙烯酸2-羥乙基的ε-己內酯10莫耳當量加成物)、及日本特開平2-272009號公報中記載之聚酯系巨分子單體等。 As the graft type polymer, for example, the poly(lower alkylimine) described in JP 54-37082 A, JP 8-507960 A, JP 2009-258668 A, etc. ) Reaction product with polyester, reaction product of polyallylamine and polyester described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 9-169821, etc., described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-339949, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-37986, etc. Copolymers of macromonomers and nitrogen atom monomers, JP 2003-238837 A, JP 2008-9426 A, JP 2008-81732 A, etc., have a partial skeleton or an organic pigment described in Heterocyclic graft polymers, copolymers of macromonomers and acid group-containing monomers described in JP 2010-106268 A, etc. As the macromonomer, for example, TOAGOSEI CO., LTD macromonomer AA-6 (polymethyl methacrylate whose end group is methacrylic acid group), AS-6 (end group is methyl methacrylate) can be mentioned. Polystyrene based on methacrylic acid group), AN-6S (copolymer of styrene and acrylonitrile with methacrylic acid end group), AB-6 (polybutyl acrylate with methacrylic acid end group) ), PLACCEL FM5 (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate ε-caprolactone 5-mole equivalent adduct), FA10L (2-hydroxyethyl acrylate ε-caprolactone 10-mole equivalent) manufactured by Daicel Corporation Adduct), and polyester-based macromonomers described in JP Hei 2-272009 A, etc.

作為嵌段型高分子,日本特開2003-49110號公報、日本特開 2009-52010號公報等中記載之嵌段型高分子為較佳。 As a block type polymer, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-49110, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-49110 The block type polymer described in 2009-52010 publication etc. is preferable.

樹脂還能夠使用包含以下述式(1)~式(4)的任一個表示之結構單元之接枝共聚物。 The resin can also use a graft copolymer containing a structural unit represented by any one of the following formulas (1) to (4).

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0076-52
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0076-52

X1、X2、X3、X4及X5分別獨立地表示氫原子或者1價的有機基。氫原子或碳原子數1~12的烷基為較佳,氫原子或甲基更為佳,甲基尤為佳。 X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. A hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is more preferable, and a methyl group is particularly preferable.

W1、W2、W3及W4分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH,氧原子為較佳。 W 1 , W 2 , W 3 and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, and an oxygen atom is preferred.

R3表示分支或者直鏈的伸烷基(碳原子數為1~10為較佳,2或3更為佳),從分散穩定性的觀點考慮,以-CH2-CH(CH3)-表示之基團或以-CH(CH3)-CH2-表示之基團為較佳。 R 3 represents a branched or straight-chain alkylene group (the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 10, and 2 or 3 is more preferable). From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, -CH 2 -CH(CH 3 )- The group represented or the group represented by -CH(CH 3 )-CH 2 -is preferred.

Y1、Y2、Y3及Y4分別獨立地表示2價的連結基。 Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group.

關於上述接枝共聚物,可參閱日本特開2012-255128號公報的段落號0025~0069的記載,本說明書中編入上述內容。 Regarding the above-mentioned graft copolymer, refer to the description of paragraph numbers 0025 to 0069 of JP 2012-255128 A, which are incorporated in this specification.

作為上述接枝共聚物的具體例,例如可舉出以下。並且,可使用日本特開2012-255128號公報的段落號0072~0094中記載之 樹脂。 As a specific example of the said graft copolymer, the following can be mentioned, for example. In addition, the paragraph numbers 0072~0094 of JP 2012-255128 A can be used. Resin.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0077-53
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0077-53

樹脂還可使用在主鏈及側鏈的至少一個中包含氮原子之寡聚亞胺系樹脂。作為寡聚亞胺系樹脂,具有包含部分結構之基團X之重複單元及包含原子數40~10,000的側鏈Y之側鏈,且在主鏈及側鏈的至少一個中具有鹼性氮原子之樹脂為較佳,所述部分結構具有pKa14以下的官能基部分結構。鹼性氮原子只要是呈現鹼性之氮原子,則並無特別限制。 As the resin, an oligoimine-based resin containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain can also be used. As an oligoimine-based resin, it has a repeating unit including a partial structure of the group X and a side chain including a side chain Y with a number of atoms of 40 to 10,000, and has a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain The resin is preferable, and the partial structure has a partial structure of a functional group with a pKa14 or less. The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a basic nitrogen atom.

寡聚亞胺系分散劑例如可舉出包含以下述式(I-1)表示之重複單元及以式(I-2)表示之重複單元和/或以式(I-2a)表示之重複單元之樹脂等。 The oligoimine-based dispersant may include, for example, a repeating unit represented by the following formula (I-1) and a repeating unit represented by the formula (I-2) and/or a repeating unit represented by the formula (I-2a) The resin and so on.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0077-54
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0077-54

R1及R2分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基(碳原子數 1~6為較佳)。a分別獨立地表示1~5的整數。*表示重複單元之間的連結部。 R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group (the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 6). a represents an integer of 1 to 5 independently, respectively. * Indicates the connection between the repeating units.

R8及R9為含義與R1相同的基團。 R 8 and R 9 have the same meaning as R 1.

L表示單鍵、伸烷基(碳原子數1~6為較佳)、伸烯基(碳原子數2~6為較佳)、伸芳基(碳原子數6~24為較佳)、伸雜芳基(碳原子數1~6為較佳)、亞胺基(碳原子數0~6為較佳)、醚基、硫醚基、羰基或涉及該些的組合之連結基。其中,單鍵或者-CR5R6-NR7-(亞胺基成為X或者Y的一側)為較佳。在此,R5R6分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基(碳原子數1~6為較佳)。R7為氫原子或碳原子數1~6的烷基。 L represents a single bond, an alkylene group (the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 6), an alkenylene group (the number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 to 6), an arylene group (the number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 to 24), Heteroaryl groups (1 to 6 carbon atoms are preferred), imino groups (0 to 6 carbon atoms are preferred), ether groups, thioether groups, carbonyl groups or linking groups involving a combination of these. Among them, a single bond or -CR 5 R 6 -NR 7- (the side where the imino group becomes X or Y) is preferred. Here, R 5 R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, and an alkyl group (the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 6). R 7 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

La為與CR8CR9及N一同形成環結構之結構部位,與CR8CR9的碳原子結合而形成碳原子數3~7的非芳香族雜環之結構部位為較佳。結合CR8CR9的碳原子及N(氮原子)而形成5~7員的非芳香族雜環之結構部位為進一步較佳,形成5員的非芳香族雜環之結構部位更為佳,形成吡咯烷之結構部位尤為佳。該結構部位亦可進一步具有烷基等取代基。 La is a structural part that forms a ring structure together with CR 8 CR 9 and N, and it is preferably a structural part that combines with the carbon atom of CR 8 CR 9 to form a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring with 3 to 7 carbon atoms. It is more preferable to combine the carbon atom of CR 8 CR 9 and N (nitrogen atom) to form a 5- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclic structure, and it is more preferable to form a 5-membered non-aromatic heterocyclic structure. The structural part forming pyrrolidine is particularly preferred. This structural part may further have substituents, such as an alkyl group.

X表示包含具有pKa14以下的官能基之部分結構之基團。 X represents a group containing a partial structure of a functional group having pKa14 or less.

Y表示原子數40~10,000的側鏈。 Y represents a side chain with 40 to 10,000 atoms.

上述樹脂(寡聚亞胺系樹脂)可進一步含有選自以式(I-3)、式(I-4)及式(I-5)表示之重複單元之1種以上作為共聚合成分。藉由上述樹脂包含該種重複單元,能夠進一步提高顏料的分散性能。 The above-mentioned resin (oligoimine-based resin) may further contain one or more selected from repeating units represented by formula (I-3), formula (I-4), and formula (I-5) as a copolymerization component. The above-mentioned resin containing this type of repeating unit can further improve the dispersibility of the pigment.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0079-96
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0079-96

R1、R2、R8、R9、L、La、a及*的含義與式(I-1)、(I-2)、(I-2a)中的規定相同。 The meanings of R 1 , R 2 , R 8 , R 9 , L, La, a, and * are the same as those defined in formulas (I-1), (I-2), and (I-2a).

Ya表示具有陰離子基之原子數40~10,000的側鏈。以式(I-3)表示之重複單元可藉由在主鏈部具有一級胺基或二級胺基之樹脂中添加具有與胺基發生反應而形成鹽之基團之寡聚物或聚合物而進行反應來形成。 Ya represents a side chain having an anion group with 40 to 10,000 atoms. The repeating unit represented by the formula (I-3) can be added to a resin having a primary or secondary amine group in the main chain part, an oligomer or polymer having a group that reacts with the amine group to form a salt And react to form.

關於上述寡聚亞胺系樹脂,可參閱日本特開2012-255128號公報的段落號0102~0166的記載,本說明書中編入上述內容。作為寡聚亞胺系樹脂的具體例,例如可舉出以下。並且,可使用日本特開2012-255128號公報的段落號0168~0174中記載之樹脂。 Regarding the above-mentioned oligoimine-based resin, refer to the description of paragraph numbers 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A, which are incorporated in this specification. As a specific example of an oligoimine resin, the following can be mentioned, for example. In addition, the resins described in paragraph numbers 0168 to 0174 of JP 2012-255128 A can be used.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0079-97
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0079-97

樹脂還可使用包含以式(P1)表示之構成單元之樹脂。藉由使用以下的樹脂,能夠進一步提高顏料的分散性。 As the resin, a resin containing a structural unit represented by formula (P1) can also be used. By using the following resins, the dispersibility of the pigment can be further improved.

【化學式38】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0080-57
【Chemical formula 38】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0080-57

式(P1)中,R1表示氫或甲基,R2表示伸烷基,Z表示含氮雜環結構。 In formula (P1), R 1 represents hydrogen or methyl, R 2 represents an alkylene group, and Z represents a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure.

作為R2所表示之伸烷基,並無特別限定,例如可較佳地舉出亞甲基、伸乙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、六亞甲基、2-羥基伸丙基、亞甲氧基、伸乙氧基、亞甲氧基羥基、亞甲硫基等,亞甲基、亞甲氧基、亞甲氧基羥基、亞甲硫基更為佳。 The alkylene group represented by R 2 is not particularly limited. For example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a hexamethylene group, and a 2-hydroxy propylene group , Methyleneoxy, ethyleneoxy, methyleneoxyhydroxy, methylenethio, etc., methylene, methyleneoxy, methyleneoxyhydroxy, methylenethio are more preferred.

Z所表示之含氮雜環結構例如可舉出具有以下結構者:吡啶環、吡嗪環、嘧啶環、吡咯環、咪唑環、三唑環、四唑環、吲哚環、喹啉環、吖啶環、啡噻嗪環、吩噁嗪環、吖啶酮環、蒽醌環、苯并咪唑結構、苯并三唑結構、苯并噻唑結構、環狀醯胺結構、環狀脲結構及環狀醯亞胺結構。該些中,作為Z所表示之含氮雜環結構,以下述式(P2)或式(P3)表示之結構為較佳。 The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure represented by Z includes, for example, those having the following structures: pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, tetrazole ring, indole ring, quinoline ring, Acridine ring, phenanthrazine ring, phenoxazine ring, acridone ring, anthraquinone ring, benzimidazole structure, benzotriazole structure, benzothiazole structure, cyclic amide structure, cyclic urea structure and Cyclic imine structure. Among these, as the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure represented by Z, a structure represented by the following formula (P2) or formula (P3) is preferred.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0080-58
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0080-58

式中,X是選自由單鍵、伸烷基(例如,亞甲基、伸乙 基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基等)、-O-、-S-、-NR-及-C(=O)-構成之群組之任一個。另外,其中R表示氫原子或烷基,作為R表示烷基時的烷基,例如可舉出甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、三級丁基、正己基、正辛基、2-乙基己基、正十八烷基等。 In the formula, X is selected from single bond, alkylene (for example, methylene, ethylene Group, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, etc.), -O-, -S-, -NR- and -C(=O)-. In addition, where R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, examples of the alkyl group when R represents an alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tertiary butyl, and n-hexyl. , N-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-octadecyl, etc.

該些中,X是單鍵、亞甲基、-O-、-C(=O)-為較佳,是-C(=O)-尤為佳。 Among these, X is a single bond, methylene, -O-, -C(=O)- is preferred, and -C(=O)- is particularly preferred.

式中,環A、環B及環C分別獨立地表示芳香環。作為芳香環,例如可舉出苯環、萘環、茚環、薁環、茀環、蒽環、吡啶環、吡嗪環、嘧啶環、吡咯環、咪唑環、吲哚環、喹啉環、吖啶環、啡噻嗪環、吩噁嗪環、吖啶酮環、蒽醌環等,其中,苯環、萘環、蒽環、吡啶環、吩噁嗪環、吖啶環、啡噻嗪環、吩噁嗪環、吖啶酮環、蒽醌環為較佳,苯環、萘環、吡啶環尤為佳。 In the formula, ring A, ring B, and ring C each independently represent an aromatic ring. Examples of the aromatic ring include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, pyridine ring, anthracene ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, indole ring, quinoline ring, Acridine ring, phenoxazine ring, phenoxazine ring, acridone ring, anthraquinone ring, etc., among which, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, pyridine ring, phenoxazine ring, acridine ring, phenothiazine A ring, a phenoxazine ring, an acridone ring, and an anthraquinone ring are preferred, and a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, and a pyridine ring are particularly preferred.

作為以式(P1)表示之結構單元的具體例,例如可舉出以下。另外,可參閱日本特開2008-009426號公報的段落號0023的記載,該內容編入本說明書中。 As a specific example of the structural unit represented by Formula (P1), the following can be mentioned, for example. In addition, refer to the description of paragraph 0023 of JP 2008-009426 A, which is incorporated into this specification.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0081-59
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0081-59

包含以式(P1)表示之結構單元之樹脂亦可還包含以上述式(1)~式(4)的任一個表示之結構單元。並且,亦可還包含以上述式(I-1)表示之重複單元、以式(I-2)表示之重複單元和/或以式(I-2a)表示之重複單元。作為包含以式(P1)表示之結構單元之樹脂的具體例,可舉出以下。 The resin containing the structural unit represented by formula (P1) may further contain the structural unit represented by any one of the above-mentioned formula (1) to formula (4). In addition, the repeating unit represented by the above formula (I-1), the repeating unit represented by the formula (I-2), and/or the repeating unit represented by the formula (I-2a) may also be included. As a specific example of the resin containing the structural unit represented by formula (P1), the following can be mentioned.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0082-60
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0082-60

樹脂亦可作為市售品來獲得,作為該種具體例,可舉出BYKChemie公司製「Disperbyk-101(聚醯胺-胺磷酸鹽)、107(羧酸酯)、110、111(含酸基之共聚物)、130(聚醯胺)、161、162、163、164、165、166、170(高分子共聚物)」、「BYK-P104、P105(高分子量不飽和聚羧酸)」、EFKA公司製「EFKA4047、4050~4165(聚胺基甲酸酯系)、EFKA4330~4340(嵌段共聚物)、4400~4402(改質聚丙烯酸酯)、5010(聚酯醯胺)、5765(高分子量聚羧酸鹽)、6220(脂肪酸聚酯)、6745(酞菁衍生物)、6750(偶氮顏料衍生物)」、Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co.,Inc.製「AJISPER PB821、PB822、PB880、PB881」、KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD製「FLOWLEN TG-710(胺基甲酸酯寡聚物)」「POLYFLOW No.50E、 No.300(丙烯酸系共聚物)」、Kusumoto Chemicals,Ltd.製「DISPARLON KS-860、873SN、874、#2150(脂肪族多價羧酸)、#7004(聚醚酯)、DA-703-50、DA-705、DA-725」、Kao Corporation製「DEMOL RN、N(萘磺酸福馬林縮聚物)、MS、C、SN-B(芳香族磺酸福馬林縮聚物)」、「Homogenol L-18(高分子聚羧酸)」、「EMULGEN 920、930、935、985(聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚)」、「ACETAMIN 86(硬脂胺乙酸酯)」、Lubrizol Japan製「SOLSPERSE 5000(酞菁衍生物)、22000(偶氮顏料衍生物)、13240(聚酯胺)、3000、17000、27000(在末端部具有功能部之高分子)、24000、28000、32000、38500(接枝型高分子)」、NIKKO CHEMICALS CO.,LTD.製「Nikkol T106(聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單油酸酯)、MYS-IEX(聚氧乙烯單硬脂酸酯)」、Kawaken Fine Chemicals Co.,Ltd.製「Hinoact T-8000E」、Shin-Etsu Chemica.Co.,Ltd.製「有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341」、MORISHITA & CO.,LTD.製「EFKA-46、EFKA-47、EFKA-47EA、EFKA聚合物100、EFKA聚合物400、EFKA聚合物401、EFKA聚合物450」、SAN NOPCO LIMITED製「Disperse Aid6、Disperse Aid8、Disperse Aid15、Disperse Aid9100」、ADEKA CORPORATION製「Adeka pluronic L31、F38、L42、L44、L61、L64、F68、L72、P95、F77、P84、F87、P94、L101、P103、F108、L121、P-123」、及Sanyo Chemical Industries,Ltd.製「Ionet S-20」等。 Resins can also be obtained as commercially available products. As a specific example of this type, "Disperbyk-101 (polyamide-amine phosphate), 107 (carboxylate), 110, 111 (containing acid group) manufactured by BYK Chemie Copolymer), 130 (polyamide), 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 170 (polymer copolymer), "BYK-P104, P105 (high molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid)", EFKA 4047, 4050-4165 (polyurethane series), EFKA 4330-4340 (block copolymer), 4400-4402 (modified polyacrylate), 5010 (polyesteramide), 5765 ( High molecular weight polycarboxylate), 6220 (fatty acid polyester), 6745 (phthalocyanine derivative), 6750 (azo pigment derivative)'', AJISPER PB821, PB822, PB880 manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc. , PB881", "FLOWLEN TG-710 (urethane oligomer)" made by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD, "POLYFLOW No.50E, No. 300 (acrylic copolymer), Kusumoto Chemicals, Ltd., "DISPARLON KS-860, 873SN, 874, #2150 (aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid), #7004 (polyether ester), DA-703- 50, DA-705, DA-725", Kao Corporation "DEMOL RN, N (formalin naphthalenesulfonate polycondensate), MS, C, SN-B (aromatic sulfonate formalin polycondensate)", "Homogenol L-18 (polymer polycarboxylic acid)", "EMULGEN 920, 930, 935, 985 (polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether)", "ACETAMIN 86 (stearyl amine acetate)", made by Lubrizol Japan SOLSPERSE 5000 (phthalocyanine derivative), 22000 (azo pigment derivative), 13240 (polyester amine), 3000, 17000, 27000 (polymer with a functional part at the end), 24000, 28000, 32000, 38500 ( Grafted polymer)”, “Nikkol T106 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate), MYS-IEX (polyoxyethylene monostearate)” manufactured by NIKKO CHEMICALS CO., LTD., Kawaken Fine Chemicals "Hinoact T-8000E" manufactured by Co., Ltd., "Organosiloxane polymer KP341" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemica. Co., Ltd., "EFKA-46, EFKA-47 manufactured by MORISHITA & CO., LTD. , EFKA-47EA, EFKA polymer 100, EFKA polymer 400, EFKA polymer 401, EFKA polymer 450", "Disperse Aid6, Disperse Aid8, Disperse Aid15, Disperse Aid9100" manufactured by SAN NOPCO LIMITED, "Adeka pluronic" manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION L31, F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68, L72, P95, F77, P84, F87, P94, L101, P103, F108, L121, P-123'', and ``Ionet S manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd. -20" and so on.

該些樹脂可單獨使用亦可組合2種以上來使用。並且, 樹脂還可使用鹼可溶性樹脂。 These resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. and, As the resin, an alkali-soluble resin can also be used.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,可從如下鹼可溶性樹脂中適當選擇,該鹼可溶性樹脂是線狀有機高分子聚合物且在分子(較佳為以丙烯酸系共聚物、苯乙烯系共聚物作為主鏈之分子)中具有至少一個促進鹼可溶性之基團。從耐熱性觀點考慮,聚羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂為較佳,從控制顯影性的觀點考慮,丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂為較佳。 As the alkali-soluble resin, it can be appropriately selected from the following alkali-soluble resins. The alkali-soluble resin is a linear organic polymer and is in the molecule (preferably a molecule with an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as the main chain). ) Has at least one group that promotes alkali solubility. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, polyhydroxystyrene-based resins, polysiloxane-based resins, acrylic resins, acrylamide-based resins, and acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resins are preferable, and from the viewpoint of controlling developability, Acrylic resins, acrylamide resins, and acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resins are preferred.

作為促進鹼可溶性之基團(以下,還稱為酸基),例如可舉出羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基等,可溶於有機溶劑且可藉由弱鹼性水溶液顯影者為較佳,作為尤佳者,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸。該些酸基可僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。作為鹼可溶性樹脂,可參閱日本特開2012-208494號公報的段落0558~0571(對應之美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的[0685]~[0700])的記載,該些內容引入本說明書中。 Examples of groups that promote alkali solubility (hereinafter, also referred to as acid groups) include carboxyl groups, phosphoric acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, phenolic hydroxyl groups, etc., which are soluble in organic solvents and can be developed by weakly alkaline aqueous solutions. It is preferable, and as a particularly preferable one, (meth)acrylic acid can be mentioned. There may be only one type of these acid groups, or two or more types. As the alkali-soluble resin, refer to paragraphs 0558 to 0571 of JP 2012-208494 (corresponding to [0685] to [0700] of the specification of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099), and these contents are incorporated herein. In the manual.

鹼可溶性樹脂是包含以下述式(ED)表示之化合物作為共聚合成分之樹脂亦較佳。 The alkali-soluble resin is also preferably a resin containing a compound represented by the following formula (ED) as a copolymerization component.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0084-61
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0084-61

式(ED)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示氫原子或可具有取代 基之碳原子數1~25的烴基。 In the formula (ED), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms.

作為以R1及R2表示之碳原子數1~25的烴基,並無特別限制,例如可舉出:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、三級丁基、三級戊基、硬脂基、月桂基、2-乙基己基等直鏈狀或分支狀的烷基;苯基等芳基;環己基、三級丁基環己基、二環戊二烯基、三環癸基、異冰片基、金剛烷基、2-甲基-2-金剛烷基等脂環式基;1-甲氧基乙基、1-乙氧基乙基等被烷氧基取代之烷基;苄基等被芳基之烷基等。該些中,從耐熱性觀點考慮,如甲基、乙基、環己基、苄基等不易藉由酸或熱而脫離之1級或2級烴基尤為佳。 The hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, Linear or branched alkyl groups such as tertiary butyl, tertiary pentyl, stearyl, lauryl, 2-ethylhexyl, etc.; aryl groups such as phenyl; cyclohexyl, tertiary butyl cyclohexyl, two Cyclopentadienyl, tricyclodecyl, isobornyl, adamantyl, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl and other alicyclic groups; 1-methoxyethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl Such as alkyl substituted by alkoxy; benzyl and other alkyl substituted by aryl. Among these, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, a first- or second-class hydrocarbon group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a benzyl group that is not easily removed by acid or heat is particularly preferable.

另外,R1及R2可以是相同種類的取代基,亦可以是不同的取代基。 In addition, R 1 and R 2 may be the same kind of substituents or different substituents.

作為以式(ED)表示之化合物的例子,例如可參閱日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落0317,該內容編入本說明書中。以式(ED)表示之化合物可僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。 As an example of the compound represented by the formula (ED), for example, paragraph 0317 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in this specification. The compound represented by the formula (ED) may be only one type or two or more types.

關於包含以式(ED)表示之化合物作為共聚合成分之樹脂,可參閱日本特開2012-198408號公報的段落號0079~0099的記載,該內容編入本說明書中。 Regarding the resin containing the compound represented by the formula (ED) as a copolymerization component, refer to the description of paragraph numbers 0079 to 0099 of JP 2012-198408 A, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

鹼可溶性樹脂的酸值為30~200mgKOH/g為較佳。下限為50mgKOH/g以上為較佳,70mgKOH/g以上更為佳。上限為150mgKOH/g以下為較佳,120mgKOH/g以下更為佳。 The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30 to 200 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.

鹼可溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)為2,000~50,000為較佳。下限為5,000以上為較佳,7,000以上更為佳。上限為30,000 以下為較佳,20,000以下更為佳。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The lower limit is preferably 5,000 or more, and more preferably 7,000 or more. The upper limit is 30,000 The following are preferable, and 20,000 or less is more preferable.

本發明的組成物中的樹脂的含量相對於顏料100質量份為0.1~100質量份為較佳。上限為80質量份以下為較佳,60質量份以下更為佳,40質量份以下為進一步較佳。下限為0.5質量份以上為較佳,1質量份以上更為佳。若樹脂的含量在上述範圍,則顏料的分散性良好。 The content of the resin in the composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 100 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 60 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 40 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.5 part by mass or more, and more preferably 1 part by mass or more. If the content of the resin is in the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment is good.

<組成物的製備> <Preparation of composition>

本發明的組成物能夠藉由混合上述各成分來製備。製備組成物時,可統一調配構成組成物之各成分,亦可將各成分溶解、分散於有機溶劑之後依次調配。並且,調配時的投入順序和操作條件並不特別受限。 The composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. When preparing the composition, the components of the composition may be uniformly blended, or the components may be dissolved and dispersed in an organic solvent and then blended sequentially. In addition, the order of input and operating conditions at the time of deployment are not particularly limited.

並且,包含使本發明的材料等分散於組成物中之工藝為較佳。使本發明的材料等分散於組成物中之工藝中,作為用於本發明的材料等的分散之機械力,可舉出壓縮、擠壓、衝擊、剪切、空化(cavitation)等。作為該些工藝的具體例,可舉出珠磨機、砂磨機、輥磨機、高速葉輪、砂磨機、噴流混合器、高壓濕式微粒化、超音波分散等。並且,可較佳地使用「分散技術大全、株式會社資訊機構發行、2005年7月15日」和「以懸浮液(suspension)(固/液分散體系)為中心之分散技術與工業應用的實際綜合資料集、經營開發中心出版部發行、1978年10月10日」中記載的工藝及分散機。並且,還可利用日本特開2015-157893號公報的段落0022中記載的方法。並且,使材料分散之工藝中,可藉由鹽磨製程進行 微細化處理。用於鹽磨製程之原材料、設備、處理條件等例如可使用日本特開2015-194521號公報、日本特開2012-046629號公報的記載者。 In addition, a process including dispersing the material of the present invention and the like in the composition is preferable. In the process of dispersing the material and the like of the present invention in the composition, the mechanical force used for the dispersion of the material and the like of the present invention includes compression, extrusion, impact, shear, cavitation, and the like. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, high-speed impellers, sand mills, jet mixers, high-pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like. In addition, the "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, issued by the Information Agency Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" and "suspension (solid/liquid dispersion system)-centered dispersion technology and actual industrial applications The process and dispersing machine described in "Comprehensive data collection, issued by the Publishing Department of the Management Development Center, October 10, 1978". In addition, the method described in paragraph 0022 of JP 2015-157893 A can also be used. And, in the process of dispersing the material, it can be carried out by the salt milling process Micronization processing. The raw materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling process can be those described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-194521 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-046629, for example.

為了去除異物和降低缺陷等,用過濾器過濾本發明的組成物為較佳。作為過濾器,只要是先前用於過濾用途等者,則可不受特別限定而使用。例如,可舉出PTFE(聚四氟乙烯)等氟樹脂、尼龍(例如尼龍-6、尼龍-6,6)等聚醯胺系樹脂、聚乙烯、聚丙烯(PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(包含高密度、超高分子量)等之過濾器。該些原材料中,聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)及尼龍為較佳。 In order to remove foreign matter and reduce defects, etc., it is preferable to filter the composition of the present invention with a filter. As the filter, as long as it is previously used for filtering purposes, etc., it can be used without particular limitation. For example, fluororesins such as PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene), polyamide resins such as nylon (such as nylon-6, nylon-6, 6), polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (including High-density, ultra-high molecular weight) and other filters. Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred.

過濾器的孔徑為0.01~7.0μm左右為適當,較佳為0.01~3.0μm左右,進一步較佳為0.05~0.5μm左右。藉由設為該範圍,能夠可靠地去除阻礙後製程中製備均勻及平滑的組成物之微細的異物。並且,使用纖維狀濾材亦較佳,作為濾材,例如可舉出聚丙烯纖維、尼龍纖維、玻璃纖維等,具體而言,可使用ROKI GROUP CO.,LTD.製的SBP類型系列(SBP008等)、TPR類型系列(TPR002、TPR005等)、SHPX類型系列(SHPX003等)的濾芯。 The pore size of the filter is suitably about 0.01 to 7.0 μm, preferably about 0.01 to 3.0 μm, and more preferably about 0.05 to 0.5 μm. By setting it in this range, it is possible to reliably remove fine foreign matter that hinders the preparation of a uniform and smooth composition in the subsequent process. Furthermore, it is also preferable to use a fibrous filter material. Examples of the filter material include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber, etc., specifically, the SBP type series manufactured by ROKI GROUP CO., LTD. (SBP008 etc.) can be used. , TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) filter element.

使用過濾器時,亦可組合不同過濾器。此時,藉由第1過濾器的過濾可以僅進行1次,亦可進行2次以上。 When using filters, different filters can also be combined. At this time, the filtration by the first filter may be performed only once, or may be performed two or more times.

並且,亦可組合在上述範圍內不同的孔徑的第1過濾器。此處的孔徑可參考過濾器廠商的標稱值。作為市售的過濾器,例如,可從由Pall Corporation(DFA4201NXEY等)、ADVANTEC TOYO KAISHA,LTD.、Nihon Entegris K.K.Nihon Entegris K.K.(formerly Nippon Mykrolis Corporation)或KITZ MICRO FILTER CORPORATION等提供之各種過濾器中選擇。 In addition, it is also possible to combine first filters having different pore diameters within the above-mentioned range. The pore size here can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As a commercially available filter, for example, available from Pall Corporation (DFA4201NXEY etc.), ADVANTEC TOYO KAISHA, LTD., Nihon Entegris K.K. Nihon Entegris K.K. (formerly Choose from various filters provided by Nippon Mykrolis Corporation) or KITZ MICRO FILTER CORPORATION.

第2過濾器可使用以與上述第1過濾器相同的材料等形成者。 The second filter can be formed of the same material as the above-mentioned first filter.

<硬化性組成物> <Curable composition>

接著,對本發明的硬化性組成物進行說明。本發明的硬化性組成物包含上述組成物及硬化性化合物。 Next, the curable composition of the present invention will be described. The curable composition of the present invention includes the above-mentioned composition and a curable compound.

本發明的硬化性組成物中,可依據需要調節本發明的材料的含量。例如,硬化性組成物在總固體成分中為0.01~50質量%為較佳。下限為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上更為佳。上限為30質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下更為佳。本發明的硬化性組成物包含2種以上的本發明的材料時,其合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 In the curable composition of the present invention, the content of the material of the present invention can be adjusted as necessary. For example, the curable composition is preferably 0.01-50% by mass in the total solid content. The lower limit is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or less. When the curable composition of the present invention contains two or more of the materials of the present invention, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

<<硬化性化合物>> <<hardening compound>>

本發明的硬化性組成物含有硬化性化合物。本發明中,作為硬化性化合物,可使用能夠藉由自由基、酸、熱交聯之化合物。例如,可舉出具有自由基聚合性基、環狀醚(環氧、氧雜環丁烷)基、羥甲基等之化合物。作為自由基聚合性基,可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團。並且,本發明中,硬化性化合物亦可使用聚合性或非聚合性黏合劑聚合物(樹脂)。 The curable composition of the present invention contains a curable compound. In the present invention, as the curable compound, a compound that can be crosslinked by free radicals, acid, or heat can be used. For example, compounds having a radical polymerizable group, a cyclic ether (epoxy, oxetane) group, a methylol group, and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the radical polymerizable group include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group. Furthermore, in the present invention, a polymerizable or non-polymerizable binder polymer (resin) can also be used as the curable compound.

本發明中,硬化性化合物為聚合性化合物為較佳,光自由基聚合性化合物更為佳。 In the present invention, the curable compound is preferably a polymerizable compound, and a photoradical polymerizable compound is more preferred.

硬化性化合物的含量相對於硬化性組成物的總固體成分,為0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限例如為0.5質量%以上更為佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限例如為45質量%以下更為佳,40質量%以下為進一步較佳。硬化性化合物可以為單獨1種,亦可併用2種以上。併用2種以上時,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。 The content of the curable compound is preferably 0.1-50% by mass relative to the total solid content of the curable composition. The lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, more preferably 45% by mass or less, and more preferably 40% by mass or less. The curable compound may be one type alone or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

(聚合性化合物) (Polymerizable compound)

本發明中,聚合性化合物例如可以是單體、預聚物,亦即二聚體、三聚體及寡聚物或該些的混合物以及該些的多聚體等化學形態的任一個。當聚合性化合物為光自由基聚合性化合物時,單體為較佳。 In the present invention, the polymerizable compound may be, for example, monomers, prepolymers, that is, dimers, trimers, and oligomers, or mixtures of these, and any of these multimers. When the polymerizable compound is a photo-radical polymerizable compound, a monomer is preferred.

聚合性化合物的分子量為100~3000為較佳。上限為2000以下為較佳,1500以下為進一步較佳。下限為150以上為較佳,250以上為進一步較佳。 The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 3000. The upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, and more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 150 or more, and more preferably 250 or more.

聚合性化合物為3~15官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳,3~6官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物更為佳。作為該些的具體化合物,可參閱日本特開2009-288705號公報的段落號〔0095〕~〔0108〕、日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落0227、日本特開2008-292970號公報的段落號0254~0257中記載的化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。 The polymerizable compound is preferably a 3 to 15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and a 3 to 6 functional (meth)acrylate compound is more preferred. As these specific compounds, refer to Paragraph Nos. [0095]~[0108] of JP 2009-288705 A, Paragraph 0227 of JP 2013-29760 A, Paragraph of JP 2008-292970 A The contents of the compounds described in Nos. 0254 to 0257 are incorporated in this specification.

聚合性化合物為二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,有KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,有KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,有KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,有KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-DPH-12E;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、及該些(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基、丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構(例如,由Sartomer Co.Inc.市售之SR454、SR499)為較佳。亦可使用該些的寡聚物類型。並且,還可使用KAYARAD RP-1040、DPCA-20(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)。 The polymerizable compound is dipentaerythritol triacrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (as a commercially available product, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (as Commercially available products include KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and these (meth)acrylic acid groups via ethylene glycol residues The structure in which the propylene glycol residue is bonded to the propylene glycol residue (for example, SR454 and SR499 commercially available from Sartomer Co. Inc.) is preferred. These oligomer types can also be used. In addition, KAYARAD RP-1040, DPCA-20 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) can also be used.

聚合性化合物可具有羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等酸基。作為市售品,例如可舉出TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD製的作為多元酸改質丙烯酸寡聚物之M-305、M-510、M-520等。 The polymerizable compound may have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group. Examples of commercially available products include M-305, M-510, M-520, etc., which are polyacid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.

具有酸基之聚合性化合物的較佳酸值為0.1~40mgKOH/g,尤佳為5~30mgKOH/g。若聚合性化合物的酸值為0.1mgKOH/g以上,則顯影溶解特性良好,若為40mgKOH/g以下,則在製造和處理上有利。而且,光聚合性良好且硬化性優異。 The preferred acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1-40 mgKOH/g, and particularly preferably 5-30 mgKOH/g. If the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, the development dissolution characteristic is good, and if it is 40 mgKOH/g or less, it is advantageous in terms of production and handling. Moreover, it has good photopolymerization properties and excellent curability.

聚合性化合物是具有己內酯結構之化合物亦為較佳態樣。作為具有己內酯結構之化合物,可參閱日本特開2013-253224號公報的段落0042~0045的記載,該內容編入本說明書中。具有己內酯結構之聚合性化合物例如由Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.作為KAYARAD DPCA系列來市售,可舉出DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等。 It is also preferable that the polymerizable compound is a compound having a caprolactone structure. As a compound having a caprolactone structure, reference can be made to the description of paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP 2013-253224 A, which are incorporated in this specification. Polymerizable compounds having a caprolactone structure are, for example, commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as KAYARAD DPCA series, and examples thereof include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120, and the like.

聚合性化合物還能夠使用具有亞烷氧基之聚合性化合 物。具有亞烷氧基之聚合性化合物是具有伸乙基氧基和/或伸丙基氧基之聚合性化合物為較佳,具有伸乙基氧基之聚合性化合物更為佳,具有4~20個伸乙基氧基之3~6官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為進一步較佳。作為具有亞烷氧基之聚合性化合物的市售品,例如可舉出Sartomer Co.,Inc.製的作為具有4個伸乙基氧基之4官能丙烯酸酯之SR-494、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製的作為具有6個伸戊基氧基之6官能丙烯酸酯之DPCA-60、作為具有3個伸異丁基氧基之3官能丙烯酸酯之TPA-330等。 Polymerizable compounds can also use polymerizable compounds with alkyleneoxy groups Things. The polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group is preferably a polymerizable compound having an ethyleneoxy group and/or an ethyleneoxy group, and a polymerizable compound having an ethyleneoxy group is more preferable, having 4-20 A 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compound having an ethyleneoxy group is further preferred. Commercial products of polymerizable compounds having alkyleneoxy groups include, for example, SR-494, Nippon Kayaku Co., which is a 4-functional acrylate having 4 ethyleneoxy groups, manufactured by Sartomer Co., Inc. , Ltd., as a 6-functional acrylate with 6 pentyloxy groups, DPCA-60, as a 3-functional acrylate with 3 isobutyloxy groups, TPA-330, etc.

作為聚合性化合物,如日本特公昭48-41708號公報、日本特開昭51-37193號公報、日本特公平2-32293號公報、日本特公平2-16765號公報中記載之胺甲酸酯丙烯酸酯(Urethane acrylate)類或、日本特公昭58-49860號公報、日本特公昭56-17654號公報、日本特公昭62-39417號公報、日本特公昭62-39418號公報記載的具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦較佳。並且,藉由使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平1-105238號公報中記載之在分子內具有胺基結構或硫醚結構之加成聚合性化合物類,能夠獲得感光速度非常優異之著色硬化性組成物。 As the polymerizable compound, urethane acrylic acid described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-41708, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 51-37193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2-32293, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2-16765, etc. Esters (Urethane acrylate) or, ethylene oxide described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-49860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-17654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-39417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-39418 Carbamate compounds that form a skeleton are also preferred. In addition, by using the additions described in JP 63-277653, JP 63-260909, and Hei 1-105238, which have an amine group structure or a thioether structure in the molecule Polymerizable compounds can obtain a color-hardening composition with a very excellent photosensitive speed.

作為市售品,可舉出胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co.,Ltd.製)、UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTDorporation製)等。 Commercial products include urethane oligomer UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co., Ltd.), and UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) , DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTDorporation system) and so on.

作為聚合性化合物,異氰尿酸乙烯氧基改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯亦較佳。作為市售品,ARONIX M-315、M-313(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD製)、NK酯A-9300(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd製)、SR368(Sartomer Co.Inc.製)等。 As the polymerizable compound, vinyloxy isocyanurate modified (meth)acrylate is also preferred. As commercially available products, ARONIX M-315, M-313 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD), NK ester A-9300 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), SR368 (manufactured by Sartomer Co. Inc.), and the like.

作為硬化性化合物使用聚合性化合物時,聚合性化合物的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,為0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限例如為0.5質量%以上更為佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限例如為45質量%以下更為佳,40質量%以下為進一步較佳。硬化性化合物可以為單獨1種,亦可併用2種以上。併用2種以上時,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。 When a polymerizable compound is used as the curable compound, the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, more preferably 45% by mass or less, and more preferably 40% by mass or less. The curable compound may be one type alone or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

並且,聚合性化合物的含量相對於硬化性化合物的總質量,10~100質量%為較佳,30~100質量%更為佳。 In addition, the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably from 10 to 100% by mass, and more preferably from 30 to 100% by mass relative to the total mass of the curable compound.

(具有環氧基之化合物) (Compounds with epoxy groups)

本發明中,作為硬化性化合物還能夠使用具有環氧基之化合物。作為具有環氧基之化合物,在1分子內具有2個以上的環氧基之化合物為較佳。環氧基的數量的上限例如還能夠設為100個以下,還能夠設為10個以下,亦能夠設為5個以下。 In the present invention, a compound having an epoxy group can also be used as the curable compound. As the compound having an epoxy group, a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferable. The upper limit of the number of epoxy groups can also be set to 100 or less, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less.

本發明中具有環氧基之化合物是具有芳香族環和/或脂肪族環之結構為較佳,具有脂肪族環之結構為進一步較佳。環氧基是經由單鍵或連結基鍵結於芳香族環和/或脂肪族環為較佳。作為連結基,可舉出包含選自伸烷基、伸芳基、-O-、以-NR’-(R’表示 氫原子、可具有取代基之烷基或可具有取代基之芳基,氫原子為較佳)表示之結構、-SO2-、-CO-、-O-及-S-之至少1個之基團。 In the present invention, the compound having an epoxy group is preferably a structure having an aromatic ring and/or an aliphatic ring, and a structure having an aliphatic ring is more preferable. The epoxy group is preferably bonded to the aromatic ring and/or aliphatic ring via a single bond or a linking group. Examples of the linking group include an alkyl group selected from an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, a hydrogen atom represented by -NR'-(R', an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aryl group which may have a substituent. A hydrogen atom is preferably a structure represented by), a group of at least one of -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O- and -S-.

當為具有脂肪族環之化合物時,環氧基是與脂肪族環直接鍵結(單鍵)而成之化合物為較佳。當為具有芳香族環之化合物時,環氧基是經由連結基與芳香族環鍵結而成之化合物為較佳。連結基是伸烷基或伸烷基與-O-的組合構成之基團為較佳。 In the case of a compound having an aliphatic ring, the epoxy group is preferably a compound formed by directly bonding (single bond) to the aliphatic ring. In the case of a compound having an aromatic ring, the epoxy group is preferably a compound formed by bonding to the aromatic ring via a linking group. The linking group is preferably an alkylene group or a group composed of a combination of an alkylene group and -O-.

並且,具有環氧基之化合物還能夠使用具有2個以上的芳香族環經由烴基連結之結構之化合物。烴基是碳原子數1~6的伸烷基為較佳。環氧基經由上述連結基而連結為較佳。 In addition, as the compound having an epoxy group, a compound having a structure in which two or more aromatic rings are connected via a hydrocarbon group can also be used. The hydrocarbon group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The epoxy group is preferably connected via the above-mentioned linking group.

具有環氧基之化合物中,環氧當量(=具有環氧基之化合物的分子量/環氧基的數量)為500g/當量以下為較佳,100~400g/當量更為佳,100~300g/當量為進一步較佳。 Among the compounds with epoxy groups, the epoxy equivalent (= the molecular weight of the compound with epoxy groups/the number of epoxy groups) is preferably 500g/equivalent or less, more preferably 100~400g/equivalent, 100~300g/ The equivalent is more preferable.

具有環氧基之化合物可以是低分子化合物(例如,分子量小於1000),亦可以是高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例如,分子量1000以上,當為聚合物時,重量平均分子量為1000以上)的任一個。具有環氧基之化合物的重量平均分子量為200~100000為較佳,500~50000更為佳。重量平均分子量的上限為3000以下為較佳,2000以下更為佳,1500以下為進一步較佳。 The compound with epoxy group may be a low molecular compound (for example, a molecular weight less than 1000), or a macromolecule compound (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, when it is a polymer, the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more). One. The weight average molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 200 to 100,000, and more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1500 or less.

作為具有環氧基之化合物,例如可舉出作為苯酚化合物的縮水甘油醚化物之環氧樹脂、作為各種酚醛清漆樹脂的縮水甘油醚化物之環氧樹脂、脂環式環氧樹脂、脂肪族環氧樹脂、雜環式環氧樹脂、縮水甘油酯系環氧樹脂、縮水甘油胺系環氧樹脂、使鹵 化酚類縮水甘油化之環氧樹脂、具有環氧基之矽化合物與其以外的矽化合物的縮合物、具有環氧基之聚合性不飽和化合物與其以外的其他聚合性不飽和化合物的共聚物等。 Examples of compounds having epoxy groups include epoxy resins as glycidyl ether compounds of phenol compounds, epoxy resins as glycidyl ether compounds of various novolak resins, alicyclic epoxy resins, and aliphatic rings. Oxygen resin, heterocyclic epoxy resin, glycidyl ester epoxy resin, glycidylamine epoxy resin, halogenated Glycilated epoxy resins with phenolic compounds, condensates of silicon compounds with epoxy groups and other silicon compounds, copolymers of polymerizable unsaturated compounds with epoxy groups and other polymerizable unsaturated compounds, etc. .

作為苯酚類化合物的縮水甘油醚化物亦即環氧樹脂,例如可舉出2-[4-(2,3-環氧丙氧)苯基]-2-[4-[1,1-雙[4-(2,3-羥基)苯基]乙基]苯基]丙烷、雙酚A、雙酚F、雙酚S、4,4’-聯苯酚、四甲基雙酚A、二甲基雙酚A、四甲基雙酚F、二甲基雙酚F、四甲基雙酚S、二甲基雙酚S、四甲基-4,4’-聯苯酚、二甲基-4,4’-聯苯酚、1-(4-羥基苯基)-2-[4-(1,1-雙-(4-羥基苯基)乙基)苯基]丙烷、2,2’-亞甲基-雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、4,4’-亞丁基-雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、三羥基苯基甲烷、間苯二酚、對苯二酚、鄰苯三酚、間苯三酚、具有二異亞丙基骨架之苯酚類;1,1-二-4-羥基苯基茀等具有茀骨架之苯酚類;苯酚化聚丁二烯等作為多酚化合物的縮水甘油醚化物之環氧樹脂等。 As the epoxy resin that is the glycidyl etherate of a phenol compound, for example, 2-[4-(2,3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl]-2-[4-[1,1-bis[ 4-(2,3-hydroxy)phenyl)ethyl)phenyl)propane, bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol S, 4,4'-biphenol, tetramethyl bisphenol A, dimethyl Bisphenol A, tetramethyl bisphenol F, dimethyl bisphenol F, tetramethyl bisphenol S, dimethyl bisphenol S, tetramethyl-4,4'-biphenol, dimethyl-4, 4'-Biphenol, 1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-[4-(1,1-bis-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl)phenyl]propane, 2,2'-methylene Base-bis(4-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), 4,4'-butylene-bis(3-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), trihydroxyphenylmethane, m-benzene Diphenols, hydroquinone, pyrogallol, phloroglucinol, phenols with a diisopropylene skeleton; 1,1-di-4-hydroxyphenyl phenols with a skeleton; phenols Polybutadiene, etc. as the glycidyl ether of polyphenol compounds, epoxy resins, etc.

作為酚醛清漆樹脂的縮水甘油醚化物亦即環氧樹脂,例如可舉出將苯酚、甲酚類、乙基苯酚類、丁基苯酚類、辛基苯酚類、雙酚A、雙酚F及雙酚S等雙酚類、萘酚類等各種苯酚作為原料之酚醛清漆樹脂、含亞二甲苯骨架的苯酚酚醛清漆樹脂、含二環戊二烯骨架的苯酚酚醛清漆樹脂、含聯苯基骨架之苯酚酚醛清漆樹脂、含茀骨架的苯酚酚醛清漆樹脂等各種酚醛清漆樹脂的縮水甘油醚化物等。 As the epoxy resin that is the glycidyl etherate of novolak resin, for example, phenol, cresols, ethylphenols, butylphenols, octylphenols, bisphenol A, bisphenol F, and bisphenol Phenol S and other bisphenols, naphthols and other phenols as raw materials, novolac resins, phenol novolac resins containing xylene skeleton, phenol novolac resins containing dicyclopentadiene skeleton, and biphenyl skeleton Glycidyl ether products of various novolac resins, such as phenol novolac resins and phenol novolac resins containing a sulphur skeleton.

作為脂環式環氧樹脂,例如可舉出3,4-環氧環己基甲基 -(3,4-環氧)環己基羧酸酯、雙(3,4-環氧環己基甲基)己二酸酯等具有脂肪族環骨架之脂環式環氧樹脂。 Examples of alicyclic epoxy resins include 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl -(3,4-epoxy)cyclohexyl carboxylate, bis(3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl)adipate and other alicyclic epoxy resins having an aliphatic ring skeleton.

作為脂肪族系環氧樹脂,例如可舉出1,4-丁二醇、1,6-己二醇、聚乙二醇、季戊四醇等多元醇的縮水甘油醚類。 Examples of aliphatic epoxy resins include glycidyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols such as 1,4-butanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, polyethylene glycol, and pentaerythritol.

作為雜環式環氧樹脂,例如可舉出異氰脲環、乙內醯脲環等具有雜環之雜環式環氧樹脂。 As a heterocyclic epoxy resin, the heterocyclic epoxy resin which has a heterocyclic ring, such as an isocyanuride ring and a hydantoin ring, is mentioned, for example.

作為縮水甘油酯系環氧樹脂,例如可舉出由六氫鄰苯二甲酸二縮水甘油酯等羧酸酯類構成之環氧樹脂。 Examples of glycidyl ester-based epoxy resins include epoxy resins composed of carboxylic acid esters such as diglycidyl hexahydrophthalate.

作為縮水甘油胺系環氧樹脂,例如可舉出使苯胺、甲苯胺等胺類縮水甘油化之環氧樹脂。 Examples of glycidylamine epoxy resins include epoxy resins obtained by glycidylating amines such as aniline and toluidine.

作為使鹵化酚類縮水甘油化之環氧樹脂,例如可舉出使溴化雙酚A、溴化雙酚F、溴化雙酚S、溴化苯酚酚醛、溴化甲酚酚醛、氯化雙酚S、氯化雙酚A等鹵化酚類縮水甘油化之環氧樹脂。 Examples of epoxy resins that glycidyl halogenated phenols include brominated bisphenol A, brominated bisphenol F, brominated bisphenol S, brominated phenol phenol, brominated cresol phenol, and chlorinated bisphenol Phenol S, chlorinated bisphenol A and other halogenated phenolic glycidyl epoxy resins.

作為具有環氧基之聚合性不飽和化合物與其以外的其他聚合性不飽和化合物的共聚物,作為可從市場獲得之產品,可舉出Marr proof G-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758等。作為具有環氧基之聚合性不飽和化合物,例如可舉出丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、4-乙烯-1-環己烯-1,2-環氧化物等。並且,作為其他聚合性不飽和化合物的共聚物,例如可舉出甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、苯乙烯、乙烯基環己烷等,尤其甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、苄基(甲基) 丙烯酸酯、苯乙烯為較佳。 As a copolymer of a polymerizable unsaturated compound having an epoxy group and other polymerizable unsaturated compounds, as products available on the market, Marr proof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G -0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758, etc. Examples of the polymerizable unsaturated compound having an epoxy group include glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, 4-ethylene-1-cyclohexene-1,2-epoxide, and the like. In addition, examples of copolymers of other polymerizable unsaturated compounds include methyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, styrene, and vinyl ring. Hexane, etc., especially methyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth) Acrylate and styrene are preferred.

作為具有環氧基之化合物的市售品,例如作為雙酚A型環氧樹脂,可舉出jER 825、jER 827、jER 828、jER 834、jER 1001、jER 1002、jER1003、jER 1055、jER 1007、jER 1009、jER 1010(以上,Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation製)、EPICLON860、EPICLON1050、EPICLON1051、EPICLON1055(以上,DIC CORPORATION製)等。作為雙酚F型環氧樹脂,可舉出jER 806、jER 807、jER 4004、jER 4005、jER 4007、jER 4010(以上,Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation製)、EPICLON830、EPICLON835(以上,DIC CORPORATION製)、LCE-21、RE-602S(以上,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)等。作為苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂,可舉出jER152、jER154、jER157S70、jER157S65(以上,Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation製)、EPICLON N-740、EPICLON N-770、EPICLON N-775(以上,DIC CORPORATION製)等。作為甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂,可舉出EPICLON N-660、EPICLON N-665、EPICLON N-670、EPICLON N-673、EPICLON N-680、EPICLON N-690、EPICLON N-695(以上,DIC CORPORATION製)、EOCN-1020(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)等。作為脂肪族系環氧樹脂,可舉出ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4085S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4088S(以上,ADEKA CORPORATION製)、CELLOXIDE 2021P、CELLOXIDE 2081、CELLOXIDE 2083、CELLOXIDE 2085、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD PB 3600、EPOLEAD PB 4700(以上,Daicel Corporation製)、 DENACOL EX-212L、EX-214L、EX-216L、EX-321L、EX-850L(以上,Nagase Chemtex Corption製)等。此外,還可舉出ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4003S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4010S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4011S(以上,ADEKA CORPORATION製)、NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上,ADEKA CORPORATION製)、jER1031S(Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation製)、OXT-221(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD製)等。 As a commercially available product of a compound having an epoxy group, for example, as a bisphenol A epoxy resin, there may be mentioned jER 825, jER 827, jER 828, jER 834, jER 1001, jER 1002, jER 1003, jER 1055, and jER 1007 , JER 1009, jER 1010 (above, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), EPICLON860, EPICLON1050, EPICLON1051, EPICLON1055 (above, manufactured by DIC CORPORATION), etc. Examples of bisphenol F epoxy resins include jER 806, jER 807, jER 4004, jER 4005, jER 4007, jER 4010 (above, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), EPICLON 830, EPICLON 835 (above, manufactured by DIC CORPORATION), LCE -21, RE-602S (above, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc. Examples of phenol novolak type epoxy resins include jER152, jER154, jER157S70, jER157S65 (above, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), EPICLON N-740, EPICLON N-770, EPICLON N-775 (above, manufactured by DIC CORPORATION), etc. . As the cresol novolak type epoxy resin, EPICLON N-660, EPICLON N-665, EPICLON N-670, EPICLON N-673, EPICLON N-680, EPICLON N-690, EPICLON N-695 (above, DIC CORPORATION), EOCN-1020 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc. Examples of aliphatic epoxy resins include ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4085S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4088S (above, manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), CELLOXIDE 2021P, CELLOXIDE 2081, CELLOXIDE 2083, CELLOXIDE 2085, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD PB 3600, EPOLEAD PB 4700 (above, manufactured by Daicel Corporation), DENACOL EX-212L, EX-214L, EX-216L, EX-321L, EX-850L (above, manufactured by Nagase Chemtex Corporation), etc. In addition, ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4003S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4010S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4011S (above, manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD -1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (above, manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), jER1031S (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), OXT-221 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD), etc.

具有環氧基之化合物還能夠使用日本特開2013-011869號公報的段落號0034~0036、日本特開2014-043556號公報的段落號0147~0156、日本特開2014-089408號公報的段落號0085~0092中記載之化合物。該些內容編入本說明書中。 For compounds having epoxy groups, paragraph numbers 0034 to 0036 of JP 2013-011869 A, paragraph numbers 0147 to 0156 of JP 2014-043556, and paragraph numbers of JP 2014-089408 can also be used. Compounds described in 0085~0092. These contents are incorporated into this manual.

作為硬化性化合物使用具有環氧基之化合物時,具有環氧基之化合物的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,為0.1~40質量%為較佳。下限例如為0.5質量%以上更為佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限例如為30質量%以下更為佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。具有環氧基之化合物可以為單獨1種,亦可併用2種以上。併用2種以上時,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。 When a compound having an epoxy group is used as the curable compound, the content of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, more preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. The compound having an epoxy group may be one type alone or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

並且,具有環氧基之化合物的含量相對於硬化性化合物的總質量,為1~80質量%為較佳,1~50質量%更為佳。 In addition, the content of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 1 to 80% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 50% by mass relative to the total mass of the curable compound.

(聚合性或非聚合性的黏合劑聚合物) (Polymerizable or non-polymerizable binder polymer)

本發明中,作為硬化性化合物,還能夠使用聚合性或非聚合性的黏合劑聚合物。作為聚合性或非聚合性的黏合劑聚合物,可舉 出環狀烯烴樹脂、芳香族聚醚樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、茀聚碳酸酯樹脂、茀聚酯樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚醯胺(芳醯胺)樹脂、多芳酯樹脂、聚碸樹脂、聚醚碸樹脂、聚對苯樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚乙烯萘二甲酸樹脂、氟化芳香族系樹脂等。作為具體例,可舉出具有下述重複單元之聚合物等。關於該些的詳細內容,可參閱日本特開2015-040895號公報的段落號0086~0103的記載,該內容編入本說明書中。並且,作為聚合性或非聚合性的黏合劑聚合物,還能夠使用上述組成物中說明之樹脂。 In the present invention, as the curable compound, a polymerizable or non-polymerizable binder polymer can also be used. As a polymerizable or non-polymerizable binder polymer, there can be mentioned Cyclic olefin resins, aromatic polyether resins, polyimide resins, polycarbonate resins, polyester resins, polycarbonate resins, polyamide (aramide) resins, polyarylate resins, polyamide resins Chlorine resin, polyether resin, poly-p-phenylene resin, polyamide imide resin, polyethylene naphthalate resin, fluorinated aromatic resin, etc. As a specific example, the polymer etc. which have the following repeating unit are mentioned. For the details of these, please refer to the description of paragraph numbers 0086 to 0103 of JP 2015-040895 A, which are incorporated into this manual. In addition, as the polymerizable or non-polymerizable binder polymer, the resin described in the above composition can also be used.

黏合劑聚合物的含量相對於硬化性組成物的總固體成分,為0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限例如為0.5質量%以上更為佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限例如為45質量%以下更為佳,40質量%以下為進一步較佳。黏合劑聚合物可以為單獨1種,亦可併用2種以上。併用2種以上時,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。 The content of the binder polymer is preferably 0.1-50% by mass relative to the total solid content of the curable composition. The lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, more preferably 45% by mass or less, and more preferably 40% by mass or less. The binder polymer may be one type alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0098-62
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0098-62

<<聚合起始劑>> <<Polymerization initiator>>

本發明的硬化性組成物可包含聚合起始劑。本發明的硬化性組成物含有聚合性化合物作為硬化性化合物時,含有聚合起始劑為較佳。作為聚合起始劑,只要具有藉由光、熱的任一個或者兩者來引發聚合性化合物的聚合之能力,則並無特別限制,可依據目的 適當選擇。 The curable composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization initiator. When the curable composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound as the curable compound, it is preferable to contain a polymerization initiator. As a polymerization initiator, as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of a polymerizable compound by either light or heat, or both, it is not particularly limited, and it can be used according to the purpose. Choose appropriately.

對聚合性化合物藉由光引發聚合時,光聚合起始劑為較佳。光聚合起始劑是對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性者為較佳。 When the polymerizable compound is polymerized by light, a photopolymerization initiator is preferred. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably one having sensitivity to light from the ultraviolet region to the visible region.

並且,對聚合性化合物藉由熱引發聚合時,熱聚合起始劑為較佳。熱聚合起始劑是在150~250℃分解者為較佳。 In addition, when the polymerizable compound is polymerized by heat, a thermal polymerization initiator is preferred. The thermal polymerization initiator is preferably one that decomposes at 150-250°C.

作為聚合起始劑,例如可舉出醯基膦化合物、苯乙酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、安息香乙醚化合物、縮酮衍生物化合物、噻噸酮化合物、肟化合物、六芳基雙咪唑化合物、三鹵甲基化合物、偶氮化合物、有機過氧化物、重氮化合物、碘鎓化合物、硫鎓化合物、吖嗪鎓化合物、茂金屬化合物等鎓鹽化合物、有機硼鹽化合物、二碸化合物、硫醇化合物等。聚合起始劑是至少具有芳香族基之化合物為較佳。 Examples of polymerization initiators include phosphine compounds, acetophenone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzoin ether compounds, ketal derivative compounds, thioxanthone compounds, and oxime compounds. , Hexaaryl bisimidazole compounds, trihalomethyl compounds, azo compounds, organic peroxides, diazonium compounds, iodonium compounds, sulfonium compounds, azinium compounds, metallocene compounds and other onium salt compounds, organic boron Salt compounds, disulfite compounds, thiol compounds, etc. The polymerization initiator is preferably a compound having at least an aromatic group.

作為聚合起始劑,可參閱日本特開2014-41318號公報的段落0218~0251(對應之國際公開WO2014/017669號小冊子的段落0220~0253)的記載,該些內容編入引入本說明書中。並且,還能夠使用日本特開2016-21012號公報中記載的化合物。 As the polymerization initiator, reference can be made to the description of paragraphs 0218 to 0251 of JP 2014-41318 (corresponding to paragraphs 0220 to 0253 of the pamphlet of International Publication WO2014/017669), and these contents are incorporated into this specification. In addition, the compounds described in JP 2016-21012 A can also be used.

聚合起始劑是肟化合物、苯乙酮化合物或醯基膦化合物為較佳。 The polymerization initiator is preferably an oxime compound, an acetophenone compound, or an acylphosphine compound.

作為肟化合物的市售品,可舉出IRGACURE-OXE01(BASF公司製)、IRGACURE-OXE02(BASF公司製)、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司社製)、Adeka arc Luz NCI-930 (ADEKA CORPORATION製)等。 Commercial products of oxime compounds include IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Qiangli Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), and Adeka arc Luz NCI -930 (Manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) and so on.

並且,還能夠使用具有氟原子之肟起始劑。作為該種起始劑的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報的0345段落中記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報的0101段落中記載之化合物(C-3)。並且,還能夠使用日本特表2010-527339號公報、國際公開WO2015/004565號公報等中記載之肟多聚體。 In addition, an oxime initiator having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of the initiator include the compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, the compounds 24, 36 to 40, and the compounds described in paragraph 0345 of JP 2014-500852 A. The compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of the 2013-164471 Bulletin. In addition, the oxime polymer described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-527339, International Publication WO2015/004565, etc. can also be used.

並且,還能夠使用具有硝基之肟起始劑。具有硝基之肟化合物設為二聚體亦較佳。作為具有硝基之肟起始劑的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-114249號公報的段落0031~0047、日本特開2014-137466號公報的段落0008~0012、0070~0079中記載之化合物或Adeka arc Luz NCI-831(ADEKA CORPORATION製)。 In addition, an oxime initiator having a nitro group can also be used. The oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably used as a dimer. Specific examples of the oxime initiator having a nitro group include paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249 and paragraphs 0008 to 0012, 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466. Compound or Adeka arc Luz NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION).

作為苯乙酮化合物的市售品,可舉出IRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369、IRGACURE-379(商品名:均為BASF公司製)等。 Examples of commercially available products of the acetophenone compound include IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (brand names: all manufactured by BASF Corporation).

作為醯基膦化合物的市售品,可舉出IRGACURE-819、DAROCUR-TPO(商品名:均為BASF公司製)等。 Examples of commercially available products of the phosphine compound include IRGACURE-819, DAROCUR-TPO (brand names: all manufactured by BASF Corporation), and the like.

本發明中,聚合起始劑併用苯乙酮化合物與肟化合物亦較佳。 In the present invention, it is also preferable to use an acetophenone compound and an oxime compound together as a polymerization initiator.

本發明的硬化性組成物含有聚合起始劑時,聚合起始劑的含量相對於硬化性組成物的總固體成分,為0.01~30質量%為較佳。下限為0.1質量%以上為較佳。上限為20質量%以下為較 佳,15質量%以下更為佳。聚合起始劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上,為2種以上時,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。 When the curable composition of the present invention contains a polymerization initiator, the content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the curable composition. The lower limit is preferably 0.1% by mass or more. The upper limit is less than 20% by mass, which is relatively Better, more preferably 15% by mass or less. The polymerization initiator may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the total amount is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

<<酸酐、多元羧酸>> <<Anhydrides, polycarboxylic acids>>

本發明的硬化性組成物包含環氧基之化合物時,還包含選自酸酐及多元羧酸之至少1種為較佳。 When the curable composition of the present invention contains an epoxy compound, it is preferable to further contain at least one selected from acid anhydrides and polycarboxylic acids.

作為酸酐,具體而言可舉出鄰苯二甲酸酐、偏苯三酸酐、均苯四甲酸酐、馬來酸酐、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、甲基納迪克酸酐、納迪克酸酐、六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、戊二酸酐、2,4-二乙基戊二酸酐、3,3-二甲基戊二酸酐、丁烷四羧酸酐、雙環[2,2,1]庚烷-2,3-二羧酸酐、甲基雙環[2,2,1]庚烷-2,3-二羧酸酐、環己基-1,3,4-三羧酸-3,4-酸酐等酸酐。從耐光性、透明性、操作性觀點考慮,甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、甲基納迪克酸酐、納迪克酸酐、六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、2,4-二乙基戊二酸酐、丁烷四羧酸酐、雙環[2,2,1]庚烷-2,3-二羧酸酐、甲基雙環[2,2,1]庚烷-2,3-二羧酸酐、環己基-1,3,4-三羧酸-3,4-無水物等尤為佳。 Specific examples of acid anhydrides include phthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, maleic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, and methylnadic anhydride. , Nadic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, glutaric anhydride, 2,4-diethylglutaric anhydride, 3,3-dimethylglutaric anhydride, butane Alkyltetracarboxylic anhydride, bicyclo[2,2,1]heptane-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride, methylbicyclo[2,2,1]heptane-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride, cyclohexyl-1, Acid anhydrides such as 3,4-tricarboxylic acid-3,4-acid anhydride. From the viewpoints of light resistance, transparency, and handling, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, methylnadic anhydride, nadic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, 2,4-Diethylglutaric anhydride, butanetetracarboxylic anhydride, bicyclo[2,2,1]heptane-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride, methylbicyclo[2,2,1]heptane-2 ,3-Dicarboxylic anhydride, cyclohexyl-1,3,4-tricarboxylic acid-3,4-anhydrate, etc. are particularly preferred.

多元羧酸是至少具有2個羧基之化合物。另外,以下化合物中存在幾何異構物或光學異構物時,並無特別限制。作為多元羧酸,2~6官能的羧酸為較佳,例如,1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸、1,2,3-丙烷三羧酸、1,3,5-戊烷三羧酸、檸檬酸等烷基三羧酸類;鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、環己基三羧酸、納迪克酸、甲基納迪克酸等 脂肪族環狀多元羧酸類;亞麻酸或油酸等不飽和脂肪酸的多聚體及作為該些的還原物之二聚酸類;蘋果酸等直鏈烷基二酸類等為較佳,己二酸、戊烷二酸、庚烷二酸、辛二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸為進一步較佳,尤其,從耐熱性、硬化物的透明性的觀點考慮,丁烷二酸更為佳。 Polycarboxylic acid is a compound having at least two carboxyl groups. In addition, there are no particular restrictions on the presence of geometric isomers or optical isomers in the following compounds. As the polycarboxylic acid, 2 to 6 functional carboxylic acids are preferred, for example, 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3-propane tricarboxylic acid, 1,3,5-pentane Alkyl tricarboxylic acid, citric acid and other alkyl tricarboxylic acids; phthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, methylhexahydrophthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, methyltetrahydrophthalic acid , Cyclohexyl tricarboxylic acid, nadic acid, methyl nadic acid, etc. Aliphatic cyclic polycarboxylic acids; polymers of unsaturated fatty acids such as linolenic acid or oleic acid and dimer acids as reduction products of these; linear alkyl diacids such as malic acid are preferred, adipic acid , Pentanedioic acid, heptanedioic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, and sebacic acid are more preferred. In particular, butanedioic acid is more preferred from the viewpoint of heat resistance and transparency of the cured product.

酸酐及多元羧酸的含量相對於具有環氧基之化合物的100質量份,0.01~20質量份為較佳,0.01~10質量份更為佳,0.1~6.0質量份為進一步較佳。 The content of the acid anhydride and the polycarboxylic acid is preferably 0.01-20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the compound having an epoxy group, more preferably 0.01-10 parts by mass, and still more preferably 0.1-6.0 parts by mass.

<<鹼可溶性樹脂>> <<Alkali-soluble resin>>

本發明的硬化性組成物可含有鹼可溶性樹脂。藉由含有鹼可溶性樹脂,能夠藉由鹼顯影形成所希望的圖案。作為鹼可溶性樹脂,可舉出組成物中說明者,較佳範圍亦相同。 The curable composition of the present invention may contain alkali-soluble resin. By containing alkali-soluble resin, a desired pattern can be formed by alkali development. Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include those described in the composition, and the preferred range is also the same.

本發明的硬化性組成物含有鹼可溶性樹脂時,鹼可溶性樹脂的含量在本發明的硬化性組成物的總固體成分中,為1質量%以上為較佳,還能夠設為2質量%以上,亦能夠設為5質量%以上,亦能夠設為10質量%以上。並且,鹼可溶性樹脂的含量能夠設為在本發明的硬化性組成物的總固體成分中為80質量%以下,還能夠設為65質量%以下,亦能夠設為60質量%以下,亦能夠設為15質量%以下。 When the curable composition of the present invention contains an alkali-soluble resin, the content of the alkali-soluble resin in the total solid content of the curable composition of the present invention is preferably 1% by mass or more, and can also be 2% by mass or more. It can also be 5 mass% or more, and it can also be 10 mass% or more. In addition, the content of the alkali-soluble resin can be set to 80% by mass or less in the total solid content of the curable composition of the present invention, can also be set to 65% by mass or less, or can be set to 60% by mass or less. It is 15% by mass or less.

另外,使用本發明的硬化性組成物且不藉由鹼顯影形成圖案時,當然還能夠設為不含有鹼可溶性樹脂之態樣。 In addition, when the curable composition of the present invention is used and the pattern is not formed by alkali development, of course, it can also be a state that does not contain alkali-soluble resin.

<<界面活性劑>> <<Surface Active Agent>>

本發明的硬化性組成物可包含界面活性劑。界面活性劑可僅使用1種,亦可組合2種以上。界面活性劑的含量相對於本發明的硬化性組成物的固體成分,0.0001~2質量%為較佳。下限為0.005質量%以上為較佳,0.01質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為1.0質量%以下為較佳,0.1質量%以下進一步較佳。 The curable composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. Surfactant may use only 1 type, and may combine 2 or more types. The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass relative to the solid content of the curable composition of the present invention. The lower limit is preferably 0.005% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.01% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 1.0% by mass or less, and more preferably 0.1% by mass or less.

作為界面活性劑,可使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。本發明的硬化性組成物含有氟系界面活性劑及矽酮系界面活性劑的至少一個為較佳。藉此,被塗佈面與塗佈液之間的界面張力下降,向被塗佈面的潤濕性得到改善。因此,硬化性組成物的液特性(尤其,流動性)得到提高,塗佈厚度的均勻性和省液性進一步改善。其結果,即使藉由少量液量形成數μm程度的薄膜時,亦可更適當地形成厚度不均較小之均勻厚度的膜。 As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants can be used. The curable composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one of a fluorine-based surfactant and a silicone-based surfactant. Thereby, the interfacial tension between the coated surface and the coating liquid is reduced, and the wettability to the coated surface is improved. Therefore, the liquid properties (especially, fluidity) of the curable composition are improved, and the uniformity of the coating thickness and the liquid-saving properties are further improved. As a result, even when a thin film of about several μm is formed with a small amount of liquid, a film of uniform thickness with small thickness unevenness can be formed more appropriately.

氟系界面活性劑的氟含有率為3~40質量%為較佳。下限為5質量%以上為較佳,7質量%以上更為佳。上限為30質量%以下為較佳,25質量%以下更為佳。氟含有率在上述範圍內時,在塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性和省液性方面有效,溶解性亦良好。 The fluorine content of the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3-40% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 7% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 25% by mass or less. When the fluorine content is within the above range, it is effective in terms of uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and liquid-saving properties, and the solubility is also good.

作為氟系界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出日本特開2014-41318號公報的段落0060~0064(對應之國際公開WO2014/17669號小冊子的段落0060~0064)等中記載的界面活性劑、日本特開2011-132503號公報的段落0117~0132中記載的界面活性劑,該些內容引入本說明書中。作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如可舉出 Megafac F-171、Megafac F-172、Megafac F-173、Megafac F-176、Megafac F-177、Megafac F-141、Megafac F-142、Megafac F-143、Megafac F-144、Megafac R30、Megafac F-437、Megafac F-475、Megafac F-479、Megafac F-482、Megafac F-554、Megafac F-780(以上,DIC CORPORATION製)、FLUORAD FC430、FLUORAD FC 431、FLUORAD FC 171(以上,Sumitomo 3M Limited製)、Surflon S-382、Surflon SC-101、Surflon SC-103、Surflon SC-104、Surflon SC-105、Surflon SC-1068、Surflon SC-381、Surflon SC-383、Surflon S-393、Surflon KH-40(以上,ASAHI GLASS CO.,LTD.製)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上,OMNOVA SOLUTIONS INC.製)。 Specific examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include the surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of JP 2014-41318 (corresponding to paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of International Publication WO2014/17669 pamphlet). The surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP 2011-132503 A are incorporated into this specification. As commercial products of fluorine-based surfactants, for example, Megafac F-171, Megafac F-172, Megafac F-173, Megafac F-176, Megafac F-177, Megafac F-141, Megafac F-142, Megafac F-143, Megafac F-144, Megafac R30, Megafac F -437, Megafac F-475, Megafac F-479, Megafac F-482, Megafac F-554, Megafac F-780 (above, manufactured by DIC CORPORATION), FLUORAD FC430, FLUORAD FC 431, FLUORAD FC 171 (above, Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, Surflon SC-101, Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC-104, Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC-1068, Surflon SC-381, Surflon SC-383, Surflon S-393, Surflon KH-40 (above, manufactured by ASAHI GLASS CO., LTD.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, and PF7002 (above, manufactured by OMNOVA SOLUTIONS INC.).

並且,下述化合物亦能夠例示為本發明中使用之氟系界面活性劑。 In addition, the following compounds can also be exemplified as fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0104-63
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0104-63

上述化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為3,000~50,000,例如為14,000。 The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000.

並且,還能夠在側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物用作氟系界面活性劑。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-164965號公 報0050~0090段落及0289~0295段落中記載之化合物,例如可舉出DIC CORPORATION製的Megafac RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72K等。 In addition, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain can also be used as a fluorine-based surfactant. As a specific example, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-164965 The compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 include, for example, Megafac RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, RS-72K manufactured by DIC CORPORATION, and the like.

氟系界面活性劑還能夠使用日本特開2015-117327號公報的段落0015~0158中記載之化合物。 As the fluorine-based surfactant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP 2015-117327 A can also be used.

作為非離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出日本特開2012-208494號公報的段落號0553(對應之美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的[0679])等中記載的非離子系界面活性劑,該些內容引入本說明書中。 Specific examples of nonionic surfactants include the nonionic surfactants described in paragraph 0553 of JP 2012-208494 (corresponding to US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099 [0679]). Ionic surfactants, these contents are incorporated into this specification.

作為陽離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出日本特開2012-208494號公報的段落號0554(對應之美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的[0680])中記載的陽離子系界面活性劑,該些內容編入本說明書中。 Specific examples of the cationic surfactant include the cationic interface described in paragraph 0554 of JP 2012-208494 (corresponding to US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099 Specification [0680]). Active agent, these contents are incorporated into this specification.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可舉出日本特開2012-208494號公報的段落號0556(對應之美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的[0682])等中記載的矽酮系界面活性劑,該些內容編入本說明書中。 Examples of silicone-based surfactants include the silicone-based interface described in paragraph 0556 of JP 2012-208494 A (corresponding to US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099 Specification [0682]). Active agent, these contents are incorporated into this specification.

<<基板黏附劑>> <<Substrate Adhesive>>

本發明的硬化性組成物能夠含有基板黏附劑。作為基板黏附劑,使用矽烷系偶聯劑、鈦酸酯系偶聯劑、鋁系偶聯劑為較佳。 The curable composition of the present invention can contain a substrate adhesive. As the substrate adhesion agent, it is preferable to use a silane coupling agent, a titanate coupling agent, and an aluminum coupling agent.

作為矽烷系偶聯劑,例如可舉出甲基三甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基矽烷、苯基三 乙氧基矽烷、正丙基三甲氧基矽烷、正丙基三乙氧基矽烷、己基三甲氧基矽烷、己基三乙氧基矽烷、辛基三乙氧基矽烷、癸基三甲氧基矽烷、1,6-雙(三甲氧基矽烷)己烷、三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷、六甲基二矽氮烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油醚丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油醚丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油醚丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油醚丙基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基甲矽烷基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙胺、N-苯基-3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(乙烯基苄基)-2-胺基乙基-3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷的鹽酸鹽、三-(三甲氧基甲矽烷基丙基)異氰脲酸酯、3-脲丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巰丙基三甲氧基矽烷、雙(三乙氧基甲矽烷基丙基)四硫醚、3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷等。並且,除了上述以外能夠使用烷氧基寡聚物。並且,還能夠使用下述化合物。 As the silane coupling agent, for example, methyl trimethoxy silane, dimethyl dimethoxy silane, methyl triethoxy silane, dimethyl diethoxy silane, phenyl trimethoxy silane, Ethoxysilane, n-propyltrimethoxysilane, n-propyltriethoxysilane, hexyltrimethoxysilane, hexyltriethoxysilane, octyltriethoxysilane, decyltrimethoxysilane, 1,6-Bis(trimethoxysilane)hexane, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, hexamethyldisilazane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, 2-(3 , 4-Epoxycyclohexyl) ethyl trimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyl ether propyl methyl dimethoxy silane, 3-glycidyl ether propyl trimethoxy silane, 3-glycidyl ether propyl methyl Diethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, p-styryltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methyl 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane Oxyoxypropyl trimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyl Trimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylene) Propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-(vinylbenzyl)-2-aminoethyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane hydrochloride, tri-( Trimethoxysilylpropyl) isocyanurate, 3-ureapropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, double (Triethoxysilylpropyl)tetrasulfide, 3-isocyanatepropyltriethoxysilane, etc. In addition, alkoxy oligomers can be used in addition to the above. In addition, the following compounds can also be used.

【化學式45】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0107-64
【Chemical formula 45】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0107-64

作為市售品,可舉出Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製的KBM-13、KBM-22、KBM-103、KBE-13、KBE-22、KBE-103、KBM-3033、KBE-3033、KBM-3063、KBM-3066、KBM-3086、KBE-3063、KBE-3083、KBM-3103、KBM-3066、KBM-7103、SZ-31、KPN-3504、KBM-1003、KBE-1003、KBM-303、KBM-402、KBM-403、KBE-402、KBE-403、KBM-1403、KBM-502、KBM-503、KBE-502、KBE-503、KBM-5103、KBM-602、KBM-603、KBM-903、KBE-903、KBE-9103、KBM-573、KBM-575、KBM-9659、KBE-585、KBM-802、KBM-803、KBE-846、KBE-9007、X-40-1053、X-41-1059A、X-41-1056、X-41-1805、X-41-1818、X-41-1810、X-40-2651、X-40-2655A、KR-513,KC-89S,KR-500、X-40-9225、X-40-9246、X-40-9250、KR-401N、X-40-9227、X-40-9247、KR-510、KR-9218、KR-213、X-40-2308、X-40-9238等。 Commercial products include KBM-13, KBM-22, KBM-103, KBE-13, KBE-22, KBE-103, KBM-3033, and KBE-3033 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. , KBM-3063, KBM-3066, KBM-3086, KBE-3063, KBE-3083, KBM-3103, KBM-3066, KBM-7103, SZ-31, KPN-3504, KBM-1003, KBE-1003, KBM -303, KBM-402, KBM-403, KBE-402, KBM-403, KBM-1403, KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, KBM-5103, KBM-602, KBM-603 , KBM-903, KBE-903, KBE-9103, KBM-573, KBM-575, KBM-9659, KBE-585, KBM-802, KBM-803, KBE-846, KBE-9007, X-40-1053 , X-41-1059A, X-41-1056, X-41-1805, X-41-1818, X-41-1810, X-40-2651, X-40-2655A, KR-513, KC-89S , KR-500, X-40-9225, X-40-9246, X-40-9250, KR-401N, X-40-9227, X-40-9247, KR-510, KR-9218, KR-213 , X-40-2308, X-40-9238, etc.

基板黏附劑的含量相對於硬化性組成物的總固體成分,為0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.5~20質量%更為佳,1~10質量%尤為佳。 The content of the substrate adhesive relative to the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.1-30% by mass, more preferably 0.5-20% by mass, and particularly preferably 1-10% by mass.

<<聚合禁止劑>> <<Polymerization inhibitor>>

本發明的硬化性組成物中,在製造期間或保存期間,為了阻止硬化性化合物的不必要的反應,可含有少量聚合禁止劑。作為聚合禁止劑,例如可舉出苯酚系含羥基化合物類、N-氧化物化合物類、哌啶1-氧自由基化合物類、吡咯烷1-氧自由基化合物類、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺類、重氮化合物類、陽離子染料類、含硫醚基化合物類、含硝基化合物類、磷系化合物類、內酯系化合物類、過渡金屬化合物類(FeCl3、CuCl2等)。並且,該些化合物類中,聚合禁止劑可以是在同一分子內存在複數個苯酚骨架或含磷骨架等顯現聚合禁止功能之結構之複合系化合物。例如,還可較佳地使用日本特開平10-46035號公報中記載之化合物等。作為聚合禁止劑的具體例,可舉出氫醌、對甲氧基苯酚、二-三級丁基-對甲苯酚、鄰苯三酚、三級丁基鄰苯二酚、對苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺第一鈰鹽等,其中,對甲氧基苯酚為較佳。 The curable composition of the present invention may contain a small amount of a polymerization inhibitor in order to prevent unnecessary reactions of the curable compound during production or storage. Examples of polymerization inhibitors include phenol-based hydroxyl-containing compounds, N-oxide compounds, piperidine 1-oxy radical compounds, pyrrolidine 1-oxy radical compounds, and N-nitrosophenyl groups. Hydroxylamines, diazonium compounds, cationic dyes, sulfide-containing compounds, nitro-containing compounds, phosphorus-based compounds, lactone-based compounds, transition metal compounds (FeCl3, CuCl2, etc.). In addition, among these compounds, the polymerization inhibitor may be a composite compound in which a plurality of phenol skeletons or phosphorus-containing skeletons are present in the same molecule and exhibit a polymerization-inhibiting function. For example, the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-46035 etc. can also be preferably used. Specific examples of polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tertiary butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tertiary butylcatechol, p-benzoquinone, 4 ,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), 2,2'-methylene bis(4-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), N-nitroso Among them, p-methoxyphenol is preferred.

本發明的硬化性組成物含有聚合禁止劑時,聚合禁止劑的含量相對於本發明的硬化性組成物的總固體成分,為0.01~5質量%為較佳。 When the curable composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass relative to the total solid content of the curable composition of the present invention.

<<紫外線吸收劑>> <<Ultraviolet absorber>>

本發明的硬化性組成物可含有紫外線吸收劑。紫外線吸收劑能夠使用公知的化合物。作為市售品,例如可舉出UV503(DAITO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.)等。並且,紫外線吸收劑能夠使用胺基二烯系、水楊酸鹽系、二苯甲酮系、苯并三唑系、丙烯腈系、三嗪系 等紫外線吸收劑。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-68814號中記載的化合物。作為苯并三唑系,可使用Miyoshi Oil & Fat Co,Ltd.的MYUA系列(化學工業日報、2016年2月1日)。 The curable composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Known compounds can be used as the ultraviolet absorber. As a commercial item, UV503 (DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD.) etc. are mentioned, for example. In addition, the ultraviolet absorber can use aminodiene-based, salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, acrylonitrile-based, and triazine-based And other ultraviolet absorbers. As a specific example, the compound described in JP 2013-68814 A can be mentioned. As the benzotriazole series, Miyoshi Oil & Fat Co, Ltd.'s MYUA series (Chemical Industry Daily, February 1, 2016) can be used.

紫外線吸收劑的含量相對於硬化性組成物的總固體成分,為0.01~10質量%為較佳,為0.01~5質量%更為佳。 The content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass relative to the total solid content of the curable composition.

<<有機溶劑>> <<Organic Solvent>>

本發明的硬化性組成物可含有有機溶劑。作為有機溶劑,可舉出上述組成物中說明者,較佳範圍亦相同。 The curable composition of the present invention may contain an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include those described in the above composition, and the preferred range is also the same.

本發明的硬化性組成物中的有機溶劑的含量為本發明的硬化性組成物的總固體成分成為5~90質量%之量為較佳,成為10~80質量%之量更為佳,成為20~75質量%之量為進一步較佳。 The content of the organic solvent in the curable composition of the present invention is that the total solid content of the curable composition of the present invention is preferably 5 to 90% by mass, and more preferably 10 to 80% by mass. The amount of 20 to 75% by mass is more preferable.

<<其他成分>> <<Other ingredients>>

只要無損本發明的效果,則本發明的硬化性組成物可依據目的適當選擇其他成分。 As long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, the curable composition of the present invention can appropriately select other components according to the purpose.

例如,本發明的硬化性組成物除了上述本發明的材料以外,還能夠含有選自彩色著色劑、紅外線吸收劑及屏蔽可見光之有色材料之1種以上。關於該些的詳細內容,可舉出上述組成物中說明之彩色著色劑、紅外線吸收劑及屏蔽可見光之有色材料。該些可依據硬化性組成物的用途適當選擇。 For example, the curable composition of the present invention can contain one or more selected from the group consisting of coloring agents, infrared absorbers, and colored materials that shield visible light in addition to the materials of the present invention described above. The details of these include the colored colorants, infrared absorbers, and colored materials that shield visible light described in the above-mentioned composition. These can be appropriately selected according to the use of the curable composition.

並且,作為可併用的其他成分,例如可併用增感劑、交聯劑(交聯劑水溶液)、乙酸酐、矽烷化合物、硬化促進劑、填充劑、增塑劑及其他助劑類(例如,導電顆粒、填充劑、消泡劑、阻燃劑、 均染劑、剝離促進劑、抗氧化劑、香料、表面張力調整劑、鏈轉移劑等)。 In addition, as other components that can be used in combination, for example, a sensitizer, a crosslinking agent (aqueous solution of a crosslinking agent), acetic anhydride, a silane compound, a hardening accelerator, a filler, a plasticizer, and other auxiliary agents (for example, Conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, Levelling agents, peeling accelerators, antioxidants, fragrances, surface tension modifiers, chain transfer agents, etc.).

該些成分例如可參閱日本特開2012-003225號公報的段落號0183~0228(對應之美國專利申請公開第2013/0034812號說明書的<0237>~<0309>)、日本特開2008-250074號公報的段落號0101~0102、日本特開2008-250074號公報的段落號0103~0104、日本特開2008-250074號公報的段落號0107~0109、日本特開2013-195480號公報的段落號0159~0184等記載,該些內容編入本說明書中。 For these ingredients, refer to paragraphs 0183 to 0228 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-003225 (corresponding to <0237> to <0309> of the specification of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-250074 Paragraph No. 0101 to 0102 of the Bulletin, Paragraph No. 0103 to 0104 of JP 2008-250074, Paragraph No. 0107 to 0109 of JP 2008-250074, Paragraph No. 0159 of JP 2013-195480 ~0184 and other records, these contents are incorporated into this manual.

藉由適當含有該些成分,能夠調整目標紅外線截止濾波器的穩定性、膜物性等性質。 By appropriately containing these components, the stability of the target infrared cut filter and the properties of the film can be adjusted.

<硬化性組成物的製備> <Preparation of curable composition>

本發明的硬化性組成物能夠藉由混合上述各成分來製備。並且,為了去除異物和降低缺陷等,用過濾器過濾為較佳。關於過濾器的種類、過濾方法,可舉出組成物中說明者,較佳範圍亦相同。 The curable composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. In addition, in order to remove foreign matter and reduce defects, it is better to filter with a filter. Regarding the type of filter and the filtering method, those described in the composition can be cited, and the preferred range is also the same.

<硬化性組成物的用途> <Use of curable composition>

本發明的硬化性組成物能夠設為液狀,因此例如藉由將本發明的硬化性組成物適用於基材等並使其乾燥,能夠輕鬆地製造濾色器、紅外線截止濾波器、紅外線透射濾波器等的硬化膜。 The curable composition of the present invention can be made into a liquid form. Therefore, for example, by applying the curable composition of the present invention to a substrate and drying it, it is possible to easily manufacture a color filter, an infrared cut filter, and an infrared transmission. Hardened film for filters, etc.

例如,本發明的材料中的顏料A是近紅外線吸收色素時,能夠藉由使用包含本發明的材料之硬化性組成物來製造紅外線截止濾波器。並且,該態樣中,本發明的硬化性組成物除了本發明的材 料以外,還包含紅外線吸收劑時,可獲得能夠吸收比藉由本發明的材料中包含之顏料A可截斷之區域更廣的波長區域的近紅外區域的光之紅外線截止濾波器。並且,該態樣中,本發明的硬化性組成物除了本發明的材料以外還包含屏蔽可見光之有色材料時,能夠製造紅外線透射濾波器。並且,該態樣中,本發明的硬化性組成物除了本發明的材料以外還包含彩色著色劑時,能夠製造具備作為濾色器的功能之紅外線截止濾波器。 For example, when the pigment A in the material of the present invention is a near-infrared absorbing dye, an infrared cut filter can be manufactured by using a curable composition containing the material of the present invention. And, in this aspect, the curable composition of the present invention is in addition to the material of the present invention. When an infrared absorber is included in addition to the material, an infrared cut filter capable of absorbing light in the near-infrared region of a wider wavelength region than the region that can be cut by the pigment A contained in the material of the present invention can be obtained. Furthermore, in this aspect, when the curable composition of the present invention contains a colored material that shields visible light in addition to the material of the present invention, an infrared transmission filter can be manufactured. Furthermore, in this aspect, when the curable composition of the present invention contains a color colorant in addition to the material of the present invention, it is possible to manufacture an infrared cut filter having a function as a color filter.

並且,例如,本發明的材料中的顏料A是彩色顏料時,能夠藉由使用包含本發明的材料之硬化性組成物來製造濾色器。 And, for example, when the pigment A in the material of the present invention is a color pigment, a color filter can be manufactured by using a curable composition containing the material of the present invention.

另外,本發明中,紅外線截止濾波器是指使可見區域的波長的光(可見光)透射且屏蔽近紅外區域的波長的光(近紅外線)的至少一部分之濾波器。紅外線截止濾波器可以是使可見區域的波長的光全部透射者,亦可以是使可見區域的波長的光中的特定波長域的光通過且屏蔽特定波長域的光者。並且,本發明中,濾色器是指使可見光中的特定波長域通過且屏蔽特定波長域之濾波器。 In addition, in the present invention, the infrared cut filter refers to a filter that transmits light with a wavelength in the visible region (visible light) and shields at least a part of light with a wavelength in the near-infrared region (near infrared). The infrared cut filter may transmit all light of wavelengths in the visible region, or may transmit light of a specific wavelength region among light of wavelengths of the visible region and shield light of a specific wavelength region. In addition, in the present invention, the color filter refers to a filter that passes a specific wavelength range in visible light and shields the specific wavelength range.

關於本發明的硬化性組成物的黏度,藉由塗佈形成硬化膜時,1~3000mPa.s為較佳。下限為2mPa.s以上為較佳,3mPa.s以上為進一步較佳。上限為100mPa.s以下為較佳,50mPa.s以下更為佳,30mPa.s以下為進一步較佳,15mPa.s以下尤為佳。 Regarding the viscosity of the curable composition of the present invention, when a cured film is formed by coating, it is 1~3000mPa. s is better. The lower limit is 2mPa. s or more is better, 3mPa. s or more is more preferable. The upper limit is 100mPa. s or less is better, 50mPa. s or less is better, 30mPa. s or less is further preferred, 15mPa. s or less is particularly good.

本發明的硬化性組成物的總固體成分依據塗佈方法而變更,例如1~50質量%為較佳。下限為10質量%以上更為佳。上限為30質量%以下更為佳。 The total solid content of the curable composition of the present invention is changed depending on the coating method, and for example, 1 to 50% by mass is preferable. The lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less.

本發明的硬化性組成物的用途並無特別限定,例如能夠較佳地用於固體攝像元件的受光側的紅外線截止濾波器(例如,相對於晶圓級透鏡之紅外線截止濾波器用等)、固體攝像元件的背面側(受光側的相反側)的紅外線截止濾波器等。尤其,能夠較佳地用作固體攝像元件的受光側的紅外線截止濾波器。 The use of the curable composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. For example, it can be preferably used for infrared cut filters on the light-receiving side of solid-state imaging devices (for example, infrared cut filters for wafer-level lenses, etc.), solid An infrared cut filter on the back side of the imaging element (the side opposite to the light-receiving side), etc. In particular, it can be suitably used as an infrared cut filter on the light-receiving side of a solid-state imaging element.

<硬化膜> <Cured film>

接著,對本發明的硬化膜進行說明。 Next, the cured film of the present invention will be described.

本發明的硬化膜是使上述本發明的硬化性組成物硬化而成者。本發明的硬化膜能夠用作紅外線截止濾波器、紅外線透射濾波器、濾色器等。本發明的硬化膜可具有圖案,亦可以是不具有圖案之膜(平坦膜)。 The cured film of the present invention is obtained by curing the curable composition of the present invention described above. The cured film of the present invention can be used as an infrared cut filter, an infrared transmission filter, a color filter, and the like. The cured film of the present invention may have a pattern or a film without a pattern (flat film).

將本發明的硬化膜用作紅外線透射濾波器時,具有以下(1)或(2)的分光特性為較佳。依該態樣,能夠設為能夠以可見光線引起之噪聲較少之狀態使紅外線(較佳為波長900nm以上的光)透射之膜。 When the cured film of the present invention is used as an infrared transmission filter, it is preferable to have the following spectral characteristics (1) or (2). According to this aspect, it can be set as a film capable of transmitting infrared light (preferably light with a wavelength of 900 nm or more) with less noise caused by visible light.

(1):膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在波長400~830nm的範圍內的最大值為20%以下,膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在波長1000~1300nm的範圍內的最小值為70%以上為較佳。膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在波長400~830nm中的範圍的最大值為20%以下為較佳,10%以下更為佳。膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在波長1000~1300nm的範圍內的最小值為70%以上為較佳,80%以上更為佳。 (1): The light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film has a maximum value of 20% or less in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm, and the light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film is the smallest in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1300 nm The value is preferably 70% or more. The maximum value of the transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm is preferably 20% or less, and more preferably 10% or less. The minimum value of the transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1300 nm is preferably 70% or more, and more preferably 80% or more.

(2):膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在波長450~650nm的範圍的最大值為20%以下,膜的厚度方向上的波長835nm的光的透射率為20%以下,膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在波長1000~1300nm的範圍的最小值為70%以上為較佳。膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在波長450~650nm的範圍的最大值為20%以下為較佳,10%以下更為佳。膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在波長650~835nm的範圍的最大值為50%以下為較佳,30%以下更為佳。膜的厚度方向上的波長835nm的光的透射率為20%以下為較佳,10%以下更為佳。膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在波長1000~1300nm的範圍內的最小值為70%以上為較佳,80%以上更為佳。 (2): The transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film is 20% or less at the maximum value in the wavelength range of 450 to 650 nm, and the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 835 nm in the thickness direction of the film is 20% or less, and the thickness of the film The light transmittance in the direction preferably has a minimum value of 70% or more in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1300 nm. The transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film is preferably 20% or less in the wavelength range of 450 to 650 nm, and more preferably 10% or less. The transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film is preferably 50% or less in the wavelength range of 650 to 835 nm, and more preferably 30% or less. The transmittance of light with a wavelength of 835 nm in the thickness direction of the film is preferably 20% or less, and more preferably 10% or less. The minimum value of the transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1300 nm is preferably 70% or more, and more preferably 80% or more.

本發明的硬化膜的分光特性為利用紫外可見近紅外分光光度計(Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation.製U-4100),在波長300~1300nm的範圍測定透射率之值。 The spectral characteristics of the cured film of the present invention are measured by the value of the transmittance in the range of wavelength 300 to 1300 nm using an ultraviolet-visible-near-infrared spectrophotometer (U-4100 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation).

將本發明的硬化膜用作紅外線截止濾波器或紅外線透射濾波器時,還能夠組合使用紅外線截止濾波器與紅外線透射濾波器。藉由組合使用紅外線截止濾波器與紅外線透射濾波器,能夠較佳地用於檢測特定波長的紅外線之紅外線感測器的用途。組合使用兩個濾波器時,可將紅外線截止濾波器及紅外線透射濾波器中的一個設為使用本發明的硬化性組成物來形成之硬化膜(本發明的硬化膜),並將另一個設為使用本發明的硬化性組成物以外的硬化性組成物來形成之硬化膜。並且,亦可藉由本發明的硬化膜構成兩者。 When the cured film of the present invention is used as an infrared cut filter or an infrared transmission filter, it is also possible to use an infrared cut filter and an infrared transmission filter in combination. By using an infrared cut filter and an infrared transmission filter in combination, it can be preferably used as an infrared sensor for detecting infrared rays of a specific wavelength. When two filters are used in combination, one of the infrared cut filter and the infrared transmission filter can be set as a cured film formed using the curable composition of the present invention (cured film of the present invention), and the other can be set It is a cured film formed using a curable composition other than the curable composition of the present invention. In addition, both of them may be constituted by the cured film of the present invention.

並且,將本發明的硬化膜用作濾色器或紅外線截止濾波器時,紅外線截止濾波器可在厚度方向上與濾色器相鄰,亦可不相鄰。紅外線截止濾波器與濾色器在厚度方向上不相鄰時,可於與形成有濾色器之基材不同之基材上形成紅外線截止濾波器,紅外線截止濾波器與濾色器之間可介入有構成固體攝像元件之其他構件(例如,微透鏡、平坦化層等)。 In addition, when the cured film of the present invention is used as a color filter or an infrared cut filter, the infrared cut filter may or may not be adjacent to the color filter in the thickness direction. When the infrared cut filter and the color filter are not adjacent in the thickness direction, the infrared cut filter can be formed on a substrate different from the substrate on which the color filter is formed. Other components (for example, microlens, planarization layer, etc.) constituting the solid-state imaging element are interposed.

本發明的硬化膜的膜厚可依據目的適當調整。膜厚為20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下更為佳,5μm以下為進一步較佳。膜厚的下限為0.1μm以上為較佳,0.2μm以上更為佳,0.3μm以上為進一步較佳。 The film thickness of the cured film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. The film thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.

本發明的硬化膜能夠用於CCD(電荷耦合元件)、CMOS(互補型金屬氧化膜半導體)等固體攝像元件或、紅外線感測器、圖像顯示裝置等各種裝置。 The cured film of the present invention can be used in various devices such as solid-state imaging devices such as CCD (Charge Coupled Device) and CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Film Semiconductor), infrared sensors, and image display devices.

<光學濾波器> <Optical Filter>

接著,對本發明的光學濾波器進行說明。本發明的光學濾波器具有上述本發明的硬化膜。本發明的光學濾波器能夠較佳地用作選自濾色器、紅外線截止濾波器及紅外線透射濾波器之至少1種。並且,本發明的光學濾波器具有使用了本發明的硬化膜之像素及選自紅、綠、藍、洋紅、黃、青、黑及無色之像素之態樣亦為較佳態樣。 Next, the optical filter of the present invention will be described. The optical filter of the present invention has the cured film of the present invention described above. The optical filter of the present invention can be preferably used as at least one selected from a color filter, an infrared cut filter, and an infrared transmission filter. In addition, it is also preferable that the optical filter of the present invention has pixels using the cured film of the present invention and pixels selected from red, green, blue, magenta, yellow, cyan, black, and colorless.

<圖案形成方法> <Pattern Formation Method>

本發明的圖案形成方法包含:利用本發明的硬化性組成物在 支撐體上形成硬化性組成物層之製程;及藉由光微影法或乾式蝕刻法,對硬化性組成物層形成圖案之製程為較佳。 The pattern forming method of the present invention includes: using the curable composition of the present invention in The process of forming the hardenable composition layer on the support; and the process of patterning the hardenable composition layer by photolithography or dry etching is preferred.

圖案形成方法可以是基於光微影法之圖案形成方法,亦可以是基於乾式蝕刻法之圖案形成方法。 The pattern formation method may be a pattern formation method based on the photolithography method, or a pattern formation method based on a dry etching method.

若為基於光微影法之圖案形成方法,則無需乾蝕刻製程,因此可獲得能夠減少製程數之效果。 If it is a pattern forming method based on the photolithography method, the dry etching process is not required, so the effect of reducing the number of processes can be obtained.

若為基於乾式蝕刻法之圖案形成方法,則硬化性組成物無需光刻功能,因此可獲得能夠提高顏料等的濃度之效果。 In the case of a pattern formation method based on a dry etching method, the curable composition does not require a photolithography function, so the effect of increasing the concentration of pigments and the like can be obtained.

基於光微影法之圖案形成包含利用硬化性組成物在支撐體上形成硬化性組成物層之製程、將硬化性組成物層曝光成圖案狀之製程及對未曝光部進行顯影去除來形成圖案之製程為較佳。可依據需要,設置對硬化性組成物層進行烘烤之製程(前烘烤製程)及對所顯影之圖案進行烘烤之製程(後烘烤製程)。 The pattern formation based on the photolithography method includes a process of forming a curable composition layer on a support using a curable composition, a process of exposing the curable composition layer into a pattern, and developing and removing the unexposed part to form a pattern. The manufacturing process is better. A process of baking the hardenable composition layer (pre-baking process) and a process of baking the developed pattern (post-baking process) can be set according to needs.

並且,基於乾式蝕刻法之圖案形成包含利用硬化性組成物在支撐體上形成硬化性組成物層並使其硬化來形成硬化物層之製程、在硬化物層上形成光阻劑層之製程、藉由曝光及顯影來對光阻劑層進行圖案形成並獲得光阻圖案之製程及將光阻圖案作為蝕刻遮罩而對硬化物層進行乾蝕刻來形成圖案之製程為較佳。以下,對各製程進行說明。 In addition, the pattern formation based on the dry etching method includes a process of forming a curable composition layer on a support with a curable composition and hardening to form a hardened layer, a process of forming a photoresist layer on the hardened layer, The process of patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain the photoresist pattern and the process of dry etching the hardened layer to form the pattern using the photoresist pattern as an etching mask are preferable. Hereinafter, each manufacturing process will be described.

<<形成硬化性組成物層之製程>> <<The process of forming the curable composition layer>>

形成硬化性組成物層之製程中,利用硬化性組成物在支撐體上形成硬化性組成物層。 In the process of forming the curable composition layer, the curable composition is used to form the curable composition layer on the support.

作為支撐體,例如,能夠使用在基板(例如,矽基板)上設置有CCD或CMOS等固體攝像元件(受光元件)之固體攝像元件用基板。 As the support, for example, a solid-state imaging element substrate in which a solid-state imaging element (light-receiving element) such as CCD or CMOS is provided on a substrate (for example, a silicon substrate) can be used.

本發明中的圖案可形成於固體攝像元件用基板的固體攝像元件形成面側(表面),亦可形成於固體攝像元件非形成面側(背面)。 The pattern in the present invention may be formed on the solid-state imaging device forming surface side (front surface) of the solid-state imaging device substrate, or may be formed on the solid-state imaging device non-forming surface side (back surface).

在支撐體上可依據需要,為了改善與上部層之間的黏附性、防止物質的擴散或者基板表面的平坦化而設置底塗層。 A primer layer can be provided on the support body as needed to improve the adhesion with the upper layer, prevent the diffusion of substances, or flatten the surface of the substrate.

作為硬化性組成物在支撐體上的適用方法,可使用狹縫塗佈、噴墨法、旋轉塗佈、流延塗佈、輥塗佈、網版印刷法等各種方法。 As a method of applying the curable composition to the support, various methods such as slit coating, inkjet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, and screen printing can be used.

形成於支撐體上之硬化性組成物層可進行乾燥(前烘烤)。藉由低溫工藝形成圖案時,可不進行前烘烤。 The hardenable composition layer formed on the support can be dried (pre-baked). When the pattern is formed by a low-temperature process, pre-baking may not be performed.

進行前烘烤時,前烘烤溫度為150℃以下為較佳,120℃以下更為佳,110℃以下為進一步較佳。下限例如能夠設為50℃以上,還能夠設為80℃以上。藉由將前烘烤溫度設為150℃以下來進行,例如,以有機原材料構成圖像感測器的光電轉換膜時,能夠更有效地維持該些特性。 When performing the pre-baking, the pre-baking temperature is preferably 150°C or lower, more preferably 120°C or lower, and even more preferably 110°C or lower. The lower limit can be set to 50°C or higher, for example, and can also be set to 80°C or higher. By setting the pre-baking temperature to 150°C or lower, for example, when the photoelectric conversion film of the image sensor is composed of organic materials, these characteristics can be maintained more effectively.

前烘烤時間為10秒~300秒為較佳,40~250秒更為佳,80~220為秒進一步較佳。乾燥能夠藉由加熱板、烘箱等進行。 The pre-baking time is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Drying can be performed by a hot plate, an oven, or the like.

對複數個層同時進行圖案形成時,在上述硬化性組成物層上應用用於形成各層的硬化性組成物來形成其他硬化性組成物層為較佳。 When patterning a plurality of layers at the same time, it is preferable to apply the curable composition for forming each layer on the curable composition layer to form another curable composition layer.

(藉由光微影法圖案形成之情況) (In the case of pattern formation by photolithography method)

<<曝光製程>> <<Exposure Process>>

接著,將硬化性組成物層曝光成圖案狀(曝光製程)。例如,對硬化性組成物層,利用步進機等曝光裝置,經由具有規定遮罩圖案之遮罩進行曝光,藉此能夠進行圖案曝光。藉此,能夠使曝光部分硬化。 Next, the curable composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure process). For example, by exposing the curable composition layer using an exposure device such as a stepper through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern, pattern exposure can be performed. Thereby, the exposed part can be hardened.

作為曝光時能夠使用之放射線(光),可較佳地使用g射線、i射線等紫外線(i射線尤為佳)。照射量(曝光量)例如為30~5000mJ/cm2為較佳。上限為3000mJ/cm2以下為較佳,2000mJ/cm2以下更為佳,1500mJ/cm2以下為進一步較佳。下限為50mJ/cm2以上更為佳,80mJ/cm2以上尤為佳。 As the radiation (light) that can be used for exposure, ultraviolet rays such as g-rays and i-rays can be preferably used (i-rays are particularly preferred). The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is preferably 30 to 5000 mJ/cm 2, for example. The upper limit is preferably 3000 mJ/cm 2 or less, more preferably 2000 mJ/cm 2 or less, and even more preferably 1500 mJ/cm 2 or less. The lower limit is 2 or more good 50mJ / cm, 80mJ / cm 2 or more is particularly good.

能夠適當選擇曝光時的氧濃度,除了在大氣下進行以外,例如可在氧濃度為19體積%以下的低氧氣氛下(例如,15體積%以下,較佳為5體積%以下,更佳為實質上無氧)曝光,亦可在氧濃度超過21體積%之高氧氣氛下(例如,22體積%以上,較佳為30體積%以上,更佳為50體積%以上)曝光。並且,能夠適當設定曝光照度,通常可從1000W/m2~100000W/m2(例如,5000W/m2以上,較佳為15000W/m2以上,更佳為35000W/m2以上)的範圍選擇。氧濃度與曝光照度可組合適當條件,例如能夠設為氧濃度10體積%且照度10000W/m2、氧濃度35體積%且照度20000W/m2等。 The oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected. In addition to performing it in the atmosphere, for example, it can be in a low-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume or less, preferably 5% by volume or less, more preferably Substantially oxygen-free) exposure can also be exposed in a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration exceeding 21% by volume (for example, 22% by volume or more, preferably 30% by volume or more, more preferably 50% by volume or more). Further, exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, typically from 1000W / m 2 ~ 100000W / m 2 ( e.g., 5000W / m 2 or more, preferably 15000W / m 2 or more, more preferably 35000W / m 2 or more) selected from the range . The oxygen concentration and the exposure illuminance can be combined with appropriate conditions. For example, the oxygen concentration can be 10% by volume and the illuminance is 10,000 W/m 2 , the oxygen concentration is 35% by volume, and the illuminance is 20,000 W/m 2 .

<<顯影製程>> <<Development process>>

接著,顯影去除未曝光部來形成圖案。未曝光部的顯影去除 能夠利用顯影液進行。藉此,曝光製程中的未曝光部的硬化性組成物層溶出於顯影液,僅殘留光硬化之部分。 Next, the unexposed part is removed by development to form a pattern. Development and removal of unexposed areas It can be done with a developer. Thereby, the curable composition layer of the unexposed part in the exposure process is dissolved in the developing solution, and only the light-hardened part remains.

作為顯影液,不會對基底的固體攝像元件或回路等帶來損傷之有機鹼性顯影液為較佳。 As the developer, an organic alkaline developer that does not cause damage to the solid-state imaging element or circuit of the substrate is preferable.

顯影液的溫度例如為20~30℃為較佳。顯影時間為20~180秒為較佳。並且,為了提高殘渣去除性,可反覆進行數次如下製程:每隔60秒甩去顯影液,進一步重新供給顯影液。 The temperature of the developer is preferably 20 to 30°C, for example. The developing time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. In addition, in order to improve the residue removal, the following process can be repeated several times: the developer is shaken off every 60 seconds, and the developer is further supplied again.

作為用於顯影液之鹼劑,例如可舉出氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、四甲基氫氧化銨、四乙基氫氧化銨、四丙基氫氧化銨、四丁基氫氧化銨、苄基三甲基氫氧化銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一碳烯、二甲基雙(2-羥乙基)氫氧化銨等有機鹼劑。作為顯影液,較佳地使用藉由純水稀釋該些鹼劑之鹼性水溶液。鹼性水溶液的鹼劑的濃度為0.001~10質量%為較佳,0.01~1質量%更為佳。 As the alkali agent used in the developer, for example, ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide Ammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene, dimethylbis(2- Hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide and other organic alkali agents. As the developer, it is preferable to use an alkaline aqueous solution obtained by diluting these alkaline agents with pure water. The concentration of the alkali agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass.

並且,作為顯影液可利用無機鹼。作為無機鹼,例如氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉等為較佳。 In addition, an inorganic base can be used as a developer. As the inorganic base, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, etc. are preferred.

並且,作為顯影液可使用界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑的例子,可舉出上述硬化性組成物中說明之界面活性劑,非離子系界面活性劑為較佳。另外,使用由該種鹼性水溶液構成之顯影液時,通常在顯影後用純水清洗(沖洗)為較佳。 In addition, a surfactant can be used as the developer. As an example of the surfactant, the surfactant described in the above-mentioned curable composition can be mentioned, and a nonionic surfactant is preferred. In addition, when a developer composed of such an alkaline aqueous solution is used, it is generally preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development.

顯影後,還能夠在實施乾燥之後進行加熱處理(後烘烤)。後烘烤是用於使膜的硬化完整的顯影後的加熱處理。進行後烘烤 時,後烘烤溫度例如為100~240℃為較佳。從膜硬化的觀點考慮,200~230℃更為佳。並且,作為發光光源使用有機電致發光(有機EL)元件時、或以有機原材料構成圖像感測器的光電轉換膜時,後烘烤溫度為150℃以下為較佳,120℃以下更為佳,100℃以下為進一步較佳,90℃以下尤為佳。下限例如能夠設為50℃以上。 After development, heat treatment (post-baking) can also be performed after drying. Post-baking is a post-development heat treatment to complete the hardening of the film. Post-bake In this case, the post-baking temperature is preferably 100 to 240°C, for example. From the viewpoint of film hardening, 200~230°C is more preferable. In addition, when organic electroluminescence (organic EL) elements are used as the light source, or when the photoelectric conversion film of the image sensor is composed of organic materials, the post-baking temperature is preferably 150°C or less, and more preferably 120°C or less. Preferably, 100°C or lower is more preferred, and 90°C or lower is particularly preferred. The lower limit can be set to 50°C or higher, for example.

關於後烘烤,對顯影後的膜,能夠以成為上述條件之方式,利用加熱板或對流式烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高頻加熱器等加熱機構,以連續式或者間斷式進行。並且,藉由低溫工藝形成圖案時,可不進行後烘烤。 Regarding post-baking, the developed film can be continuously or intermittently performed using a heating mechanism such as a heating plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation type dryer), and a high-frequency heater so as to meet the above-mentioned conditions. Moreover, when the pattern is formed by a low-temperature process, post-baking may not be performed.

(藉由乾式蝕刻法進行圖案形成之情況) (In the case of pattern formation by dry etching)

對於利用乾式蝕刻法形成圖案,使形成於支撐體上之硬化性組成物層硬化來形成硬化物層,接著,將所獲得之硬化物層,以被圖案化之光阻劑層作為遮罩並利用蝕刻氣體來進行。 For pattern formation by dry etching, the hardenable composition layer formed on the support is hardened to form a hardened layer, and then the obtained hardened layer is used as a mask with the patterned photoresist layer. Use etching gas to do it.

具體而言,在硬化物層上塗佈正型或負型感放射線性組成物,藉由使其乾燥來形成光阻劑層為較佳。光阻劑層的形成中,進一步實施前烘烤處理為較佳。尤其,作為光阻劑的形成工藝,實施曝光後的加熱處理、顯影後的加熱處理(後烘烤處理)之形態為較佳。 Specifically, it is preferable to coat a positive or negative radiation-sensitive composition on the hardened material layer and dry it to form a photoresist layer. In the formation of the photoresist layer, it is preferable to further perform a pre-baking treatment. In particular, as a photoresist forming process, a form in which heat treatment after exposure and heat treatment after development (post-baking treatment) are performed is preferable.

作為光阻劑層,例如可較佳地使用感應紫外線(g射線、h射線、i射線)、包含準分子雷射等之遠紫外線、電子束、離子束及X射線等放射線之正型感放射線性組成物。放射線中,g射線、h射線、i射線為較佳,i射線尤為佳。 As the photoresist layer, for example, positive-type radiation that induces ultraviolet rays (g-rays, h-rays, i-rays), extreme ultraviolet rays including excimer lasers, electron beams, ion beams, and X-rays can be preferably used. Sexual composition. Among the radiations, g-rays, h-rays, and i-rays are preferred, and i-rays are particularly preferred.

具體而言,作為正型感放射線性組成物,含有醌二疊氮化合 物及鹼可溶性樹脂之組成物為較佳。含有醌二疊氮化合物及鹼可溶性樹脂之正型感放射線性組成物藉由500nm以下的波長的光照射,醌二疊氮基分解而產生羧基,其結果從鹼不溶狀態變成鹼可溶性。該正型光阻劑的分辨率顯著優異,因此用於製作IC(integrated circuit)或LSI(Large Scale Integration)等集體電路。作為醌二疊氮化合物,可舉出萘醌二疊氮化合物。作為市售品,例如可舉出「FHi622BC」(FUJIFILM Value from innovation製)等。 Specifically, as a positive radiation-sensitive composition, it contains quinone diazide compound The composition of an alkali-soluble resin and an alkali-soluble resin is preferable. A positive radiation-sensitive composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin is irradiated with light with a wavelength of 500 nm or less, and the quinonediazide group is decomposed to generate a carboxyl group, and as a result, the quinonediazide group is changed from an alkali-insoluble state to alkali-soluble. The resolution of the positive photoresist is remarkably excellent, so it is used to make collective circuits such as IC (integrated circuit) or LSI (Large Scale Integration). Examples of the quinonediazide compound include naphthoquinonediazide compounds. Examples of commercially available products include "FHi622BC" (manufactured by FUJIFILM Value from innovation).

作為光阻劑層的厚度,0.1~3μm為較佳,0.2~2.5μm更為佳,0.3~2μm進一步較佳。另外,正型感放射線性組成物的塗佈方法可利用上述之硬化性組成物的塗佈方法來較佳地進行。 As the thickness of the photoresist layer, 0.1 to 3 μm is preferable, 0.2 to 2.5 μm is more preferable, and 0.3 to 2 μm is still more preferable. In addition, the coating method of the positive radiation-sensitive composition can be preferably performed by the above-mentioned coating method of the curable composition.

接著,藉由對光阻劑層進行曝光及顯影,形成設置有抗蝕劑貫穿孔組之光阻圖案(已圖案化之光阻劑層)。光阻圖案的形成並無特別限制,能夠適當地將以往公知的光微影技術最優化來進行。藉由曝光及顯影在光阻劑層設置抗蝕劑貫穿孔組,藉此作為在下一蝕刻中使用之蝕刻遮罩的光阻圖案設置於硬化物層上。 Then, by exposing and developing the photoresist layer, a photoresist pattern (patterned photoresist layer) provided with a resist through hole group is formed. The formation of the photoresist pattern is not particularly limited, and the conventionally known photolithography technology can be appropriately optimized. A resist through hole group is provided in the photoresist layer by exposure and development, whereby the photoresist pattern as an etching mask used in the next etching is provided on the hardened layer.

光阻劑層的曝光經由規定的遮罩圖案,能夠利用g射線、h射線、i射線等、較佳地利用i射線對正型或負型的感放射線性組成物實施曝光。曝光後,利用顯影液進行顯影處理,藉此與欲形成著色圖案之區域對應而去除光阻劑。 The photoresist layer can be exposed via a predetermined mask pattern, using g-rays, h-rays, i-rays, etc., preferably i-rays, to expose the positive or negative radiation-sensitive composition. After exposure, a developing solution is used for developing treatment, thereby removing the photoresist corresponding to the area where the colored pattern is to be formed.

作為顯影液,只要是不會對硬化物層帶來影響,且溶解正型抗蝕劑的曝光部及負型抗蝕劑的未硬化部者,則可任意使用。例如,能夠使用各種溶劑的組合或鹼性水溶液。作為鹼性水溶液, 將鹼性化合物以濃度成為0.001~10質量%、較佳為成為0.01~5質量%的方式溶解來製備之鹼性水溶液為較佳。鹼性化合物例如可舉出氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉,矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、四甲基氫氧化銨、四乙基氫氧化銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一碳烯、二甲基雙(2-羥乙基)氫氧化銨等。另外,利用鹼性水溶液時,通常在顯影後利用水來實施清洗處理。 As the developer, any solution can be used as long as it does not affect the cured layer and dissolves the exposed part of the positive resist and the uncured part of the negative resist. For example, a combination of various solvents or an alkaline aqueous solution can be used. As an alkaline aqueous solution, An alkaline aqueous solution prepared by dissolving the alkaline compound so that the concentration becomes 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. Examples of basic compounds include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethyl Base ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, etc. In addition, when an alkaline aqueous solution is used, the washing process is usually performed with water after development.

接著,將光阻圖案作為蝕刻遮罩,以在硬化物層形成貫穿孔組之方式,藉由乾蝕刻進行圖案化。 Next, using the photoresist pattern as an etching mask, patterning is performed by dry etching in a manner of forming a through hole group in the hardened layer.

作為乾蝕刻,從將圖案剖面形成為更接近矩形之觀點或更減少對支撐體的損傷之觀點考慮,以以下形態進行為較佳。 As dry etching, from the viewpoint of forming the pattern cross section closer to a rectangular shape or the viewpoint of reducing damage to the support, it is preferable to perform the following form.

包含如下之形態為較佳:利用氟系氣體與氧氣(O2)的混合氣體,進行蝕刻至支撐體不暴露之區域(深度)為止之第1階段蝕刻;在該第1階段蝕刻之後,利用氮氣(N2)與氧氣(O2)的混合氣體,較佳為進行蝕刻至支撐體暴露之區域(深度)附近為止之第2階段蝕刻;及支撐體暴露之後進行之過度蝕刻(over etching)。以下,對乾式蝕刻的具體方法以及第1階段蝕刻、第2階段蝕刻及過度蝕刻進行說明。 It is preferable to include the following form: a mixed gas of fluorine-based gas and oxygen (O 2 ) is used to perform the first step of etching to the area (depth) where the support is not exposed; after the first step of etching, use The mixed gas of nitrogen (N 2 ) and oxygen (O 2 ) is preferably the second stage of etching until the area (depth) where the support is exposed; and over etching after the support is exposed . Hereinafter, a specific method of dry etching, first-stage etching, second-stage etching, and over-etching will be described.

乾式蝕刻藉由下述方法,事先求出蝕刻條件來進行。 Dry etching is performed by determining the etching conditions in advance by the following method.

(1)分別計算第1階段蝕刻中的蝕刻速度(nm/min)及第2階段蝕刻中的蝕刻速度(nm/min)。 (1) Calculate the etching rate (nm/min) in the first stage of etching and the etching rate (nm/min) in the second stage of etching, respectively.

(2)分別計算第1階段蝕刻中蝕刻所需厚度之時間及第2階 段蝕刻中蝕刻所需厚度之時間。 (2) Calculate the time required for the etching in the first stage of etching and the second stage respectively The time required to etch the required thickness in the segment etching.

(3)依據上述(2)中計算出的蝕刻時間實施第1階段蝕刻。 (3) Perform the first stage etching based on the etching time calculated in (2) above.

(4)依據上述(2)中計算出的蝕刻時間實施第2階段蝕刻。 或者還可藉由終點(end point)檢測來確定蝕刻時間,依據所確定之蝕刻時間實施第2階段蝕刻。 (4) Perform the second stage etching based on the etching time calculated in (2) above. Alternatively, the etching time may be determined by end point detection, and the second stage etching may be performed according to the determined etching time.

(5)相對於上述(3)及(4)的合計時間,計算出過蝕刻(over eching)時間,並實施過度蝕刻。 (5) Calculate the over-etching time with respect to the total time of (3) and (4) above, and perform over-etching.

作為在第1階段蝕刻製程中使用之混合氣體,從將作為被蝕刻膜之有機材料加工成矩形之觀點考慮,包含氟系氣體及氧氣(O2)為較佳。並且,第1階段蝕刻製程藉由設為蝕刻至支撐體不暴露之區域為止之形態,能夠避免損傷支撐體。並且,第1階段蝕刻製程中藉由氟系氣體及氧氣的混合氣體實施蝕刻至支撐體不暴露之區域之後,從避免支撐體的損傷的觀點考慮,第2階段蝕刻製程及過度蝕刻製程利用氮氣及氧氣的混合氣體來進行蝕刻處理為較佳。 As the mixed gas used in the first-stage etching process, it is preferable to include a fluorine-based gas and oxygen (O 2 ) from the viewpoint of processing the organic material as the film to be etched into a rectangular shape. In addition, the first stage of the etching process can avoid damage to the support by setting it to be etched to the area where the support is not exposed. In addition, in the first stage of the etching process, the mixed gas of fluorine-based gas and oxygen is used to etch to the area where the support is not exposed. From the viewpoint of avoiding damage to the support, the second stage of the etching process and the over-etching process use nitrogen. It is preferable to perform the etching process with a mixed gas of oxygen and oxygen.

第1階段蝕刻製程中的蝕刻量與第2階段蝕刻製程中的蝕刻量的比率以不損傷基於第1階段蝕刻製程中的蝕刻處理之矩形性之方式確定為較佳。另外,總蝕刻量(第1階段蝕刻製程中的蝕刻量與第2階段蝕刻製程中的蝕刻量的總和)中的後者的比率在大於0%且為50%以下之範圍為較佳,10~20%更為佳。所謂蝕刻量,是指依據被蝕刻膜的殘存之膜厚與蝕刻之前的膜厚之差計算出的量。 The ratio of the etching amount in the first-stage etching process to the etching amount in the second-stage etching process is preferably determined in a manner that does not damage the rectangularity based on the etching process in the first-stage etching process. In addition, the ratio of the latter in the total etching amount (the sum of the etching amount in the first stage etching process and the etching amount in the second stage etching process) is preferably in the range of more than 0% and less than 50%, 10~ 20% is better. The amount of etching is an amount calculated from the difference between the remaining film thickness of the film to be etched and the film thickness before etching.

並且,蝕刻包含過蝕刻處理為較佳。過蝕刻處理設定過蝕刻比率來進行為較佳。並且,過蝕刻比率依據最先進行之蝕刻處理時間來計算出為較佳。過蝕刻比率能夠任意設定,但從維持光阻劑的蝕刻耐性及被蝕刻圖案的矩形性方面考慮,蝕刻製程中的蝕刻處理時間的30%以下為較佳,5~25%更為佳,10~15%尤為佳。 In addition, it is preferable that the etching includes an over-etching process. The over-etching process is preferably performed by setting the over-etching ratio. In addition, it is better to calculate the over-etching ratio based on the etching treatment time performed first. The over-etching ratio can be set arbitrarily, but from the perspective of maintaining the etching resistance of the photoresist and the rectangularity of the pattern to be etched, 30% or less of the etching treatment time in the etching process is preferred, and 5-25% is more preferred. 10 ~15% is particularly good.

接著,去除蝕刻後殘存之光阻圖案(亦即蝕刻遮罩)。光阻圖案的去除包含在光阻圖案上賦予剝離液或溶劑來將光阻圖案設為可去除之狀態之製程、及利用清洗水去除光阻圖案之製程為較佳。 Then, the photoresist pattern remaining after the etching (ie, the etching mask) is removed. The removal of the photoresist pattern preferably includes a process of applying a stripping liquid or a solvent to the photoresist pattern to set the photoresist pattern into a removable state, and a process of removing the photoresist pattern by washing water.

作為在光阻圖案上賦予剝離液或溶劑來將光阻圖案設為可去除之狀態之製程,例如可舉出在光阻圖案上至少賦予剝離液或溶劑,使其停滯規定時間來進行水坑式顯影(Paddle development)之製程。作為使剝離液或溶劑停滯之時間,並無特別限制,數十秒至數分鐘為較佳。 As a process for applying a stripper or solvent to the photoresist pattern to make the photoresist pattern in a removable state, for example, it is possible to add at least a stripper or solvent to the photoresist pattern and let it stay for a predetermined period of time to make puddles. The process of paddle development. There is no particular limitation on the time for stagnation of the peeling liquid or the solvent, but several tens of seconds to several minutes are preferred.

並且,作為利用清洗水去除光阻圖案之製程,例如,可舉出從噴霧式或噴淋式的噴射噴嘴向光阻圖案噴射清洗水來去除光阻圖案之製程。作為清洗水,能夠較佳地使用純水。並且,作為噴射噴嘴,可舉出其噴射範圍內包含整個支撐體之噴射噴嘴、或活動式的噴射噴嘴且其活動範圍包含整個支撐體之噴射噴嘴。噴射噴嘴為活動式時,藉由在去除光阻圖案之製程中,從支撐體中心部至支撐體端部移動2次以上來噴射清洗水,能夠更有效地去除光阻圖案。 In addition, as a process of removing the photoresist pattern by using cleaning water, for example, a process of spraying cleaning water from a spray nozzle or spray nozzle to the photoresist pattern to remove the photoresist pattern can be cited. As washing water, pure water can be preferably used. In addition, examples of the spray nozzle include a spray nozzle whose spray range encompasses the entire support body, or a movable spray nozzle whose movable range encompasses the entire support body. When the spray nozzle is movable, the photoresist pattern can be removed more effectively by moving the cleaning water from the center of the support body to the end of the support body more than two times during the process of removing the photoresist pattern.

剝離液通常含有有機溶劑,但亦可進一步含有無機溶劑。作為有機溶劑,例如,可舉出(1)烴系化合物、(2)鹵代烴系化合物、(3)醇系化合物、(4)醚或甲醛系化合物、(5)酮或醛系化合物、(6)酯系化合物、(7)多元醇系化合物、(8)羧酸或其酸酐系化合物、(9)苯酚系化合物、(10)含氮化合物、(11)含硫化合物、(12)含氟化合物。作為剝離液,含有含氮化合物為較佳,包含非環狀含氮化合物及環狀含氮化合物更為佳。 The peeling liquid usually contains an organic solvent, but may further contain an inorganic solvent. Examples of organic solvents include (1) hydrocarbon compounds, (2) halogenated hydrocarbon compounds, (3) alcohol compounds, (4) ether or formaldehyde compounds, (5) ketone or aldehyde compounds, (6) Ester compound, (7) Polyol compound, (8) Carboxylic acid or its anhydride compound, (9) Phenol compound, (10) Nitrogen compound, (11) Sulfur compound, (12) Fluorine-containing compounds. As the peeling liquid, it is preferable to contain a nitrogen-containing compound, and it is more preferable to contain a non-cyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound.

作為非環狀含氮化合物,具有羥基之非環狀含氮化合物為較佳。具體而言,例如,可舉出單異丙醇胺、二異丙醇胺、三異丙醇胺、N-乙基乙醇胺、N,N-二丁基乙醇胺、N-丁基乙醇胺、單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺等,較佳為單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺,更佳為單乙醇胺(H2NCH2CH2OH)。並且,作為環狀含氮化合物,可舉出異喹啉、咪唑、N-乙基嗎福林、ε-己內醯胺、喹啉、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑烷酮、α-甲基吡啶、β-甲基吡啶、γ-甲基吡啶、2-甲基哌啶、3-甲基哌啶、4-甲基哌啶、哌嗪、哌啶、吡嗪、吡啶、吡咯烷、N-甲基-2-吡絡烷酮、N-苯基嗎福林、2,4-二甲基吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶等,較佳為N-甲基-2-吡絡烷酮、N-乙基嗎福林,更佳為N-甲基-2-吡絡烷酮(NMP)更為佳。 As the acyclic nitrogen-containing compound, an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound having a hydroxyl group is preferred. Specifically, for example, monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, triisopropanolamine, N-ethylethanolamine, N,N-dibutylethanolamine, N-butylethanolamine, monoethanolamine , Diethanolamine, triethanolamine, etc., preferably monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, more preferably monoethanolamine (H2NCH2CH2OH). In addition, examples of the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound include isoquinoline, imidazole, N-ethylmorpholine, ε-caprolactam, quinoline, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, α-methylpyridine, β-methylpyridine, γ-methylpyridine, 2-methylpiperidine, 3-methylpiperidine, 4-methylpiperidine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazine, pyridine, Pyrrolidine, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-phenylmorphine, 2,4-lutidine, 2,6-lutidine, etc., preferably N-methyl- 2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl mopholin, more preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) is more preferable.

剝離液包含非環狀含氮化合物及環狀含氮化合物為較佳,其中,包含作為非環狀含氮化合物的選自單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、及三乙醇胺之至少1種及作為環狀含氮化合物的選自N-甲基-2-吡絡烷酮及N-乙基嗎福林之至少1種更為佳,包含單乙醇胺及N-甲 基-2-吡絡烷酮為進一步較佳。 The peeling liquid preferably contains an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound. Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine as the acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and as a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound The nitrogen compound is preferably at least one selected from N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-ethyl mopholin, including monoethanolamine and N-methyl Al-2-pyrrolidone is further preferred.

用剝離液去除時,形成於圖案上之光阻圖案被去除即可,在圖案的側壁附著有作為蝕刻生成物之貯存物時,貯存物並不完全被去除亦可。貯存物是指,蝕刻生成物附著於硬化物層的側壁而堆積者。 When removing with a stripping solution, the photoresist pattern formed on the pattern can be removed. When the storage material as the etching product is attached to the sidewall of the pattern, the storage material may not be completely removed. The storage material refers to the part where the etching product adheres to and accumulates on the side wall of the hardened material layer.

作為剝離液,非環狀含氮化合物的含量相對於剝離液100質量份為9質量份以上且11質量份以下,且環狀含氮化合物的含量相對於剝離液100質量份為65質量份以上且70質量份以下之剝離液為較佳。並且,剝離液是用純水稀釋非環狀含氮化合物與環狀含氮化合物的混合物之剝離液為較佳。 As the peeling liquid, the content of the acyclic nitrogen-containing compound is 9 parts by mass or more and 11 parts by mass or less relative to 100 parts by mass of the peeling liquid, and the content of the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound is 65 parts by mass or more relative to 100 parts by mass of the peeling liquid And 70 parts by mass or less of peeling liquid is preferable. In addition, the peeling liquid is preferably a peeling liquid obtained by diluting a mixture of an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound with pure water.

<固體攝像元件、照相機模組> <Solid-state imaging element, camera module>

本發明的固體攝像元件具有上述本發明的硬化膜。 The solid-state imaging element of the present invention has the cured film of the present invention described above.

並且,本發明的照相機模組具有固體攝像元件及本發明的硬化膜(較佳為紅外線截止濾波器)。作為固體攝像元件的結構,是具有本發明的硬化膜之結構,只要是作為固體攝像元件發揮作用之結構,則並無特別限定,例如可舉出如下結構。 In addition, the camera module of the present invention has a solid-state imaging element and the cured film of the present invention (preferably an infrared cut filter). The structure of the solid-state imaging element is a structure having the cured film of the present invention, and it is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state imaging element. For example, the following structures can be mentioned.

是如下結構:在支撐體上,具有構成固體攝像元件(電荷耦合元件(CCD)圖像感測器、互補型金屬氧化膜半導體(CMOS)圖像感測器等)的受光區域之複數個光電二極體及由多晶矽等構成之轉移電極,在光電二極體及轉移電極上具有僅光電二極體的受光部開口之由鎢等構成之屏蔽膜,在屏蔽膜上具有以覆蓋屏蔽膜整個面及光電二極體受光部之方式形成之由氮化矽等構成之設 備保護膜,在設備保護膜上具有紅外線截止濾波器或紅外線透射濾波器等本發明的膜。 The structure is as follows: on the support, there are a plurality of photoelectric devices that constitute the light-receiving area of a solid-state imaging element (charge coupled device (CCD) image sensor, complementary metal oxide film semiconductor (CMOS) image sensor, etc.) Diodes and transfer electrodes made of polysilicon, etc., on the photodiodes and transfer electrodes, there is a shielding film made of tungsten, etc., with only the light-receiving part of the photodiode opening, and the shielding film has a shielding film to cover the entire shielding film The surface and the photodiode light-receiving part are formed by silicon nitride, etc. A protective film is prepared, and the film of the present invention such as an infrared cut filter or an infrared transmission filter is provided on the device protective film.

而且,亦可以是在設備保護膜上且在本發明的硬化膜的下方(靠近支撐體側)具有聚光機構(例如,微透鏡等。以下相同)之結構、或在本發明的硬化膜上具有聚光機構之結構等。 In addition, it may be a structure having a light-concentrating mechanism (for example, a micro lens, etc., the same below) on the device protective film and below the cured film of the present invention (near the support side), or on the cured film of the present invention It has the structure of concentrating mechanism, etc.

<紅外線感測器> <Infrared Sensor>

本發明的紅外線感測器具有上述本發明的硬化膜。作為本發明的紅外線感測器的結構,是具有本發明的硬化膜之結構,只要是作為紅外線感測器發揮作用之結構,則並無特別限定。 The infrared sensor of the present invention has the cured film of the present invention described above. The structure of the infrared sensor of the present invention is a structure having the cured film of the present invention, and it is not particularly limited as long as it functions as an infrared sensor.

以下,利用附圖對本發明的紅外線感測器的一實施形態進行說明。 Hereinafter, an embodiment of the infrared sensor of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.

圖1所示之紅外線感測器100中,符號110是固體攝像元件。 In the infrared sensor 100 shown in FIG. 1, the symbol 110 is a solid-state imaging element.

設置於固體攝像元件110上之拍攝區域具有紅外線截止濾波器111及濾色器112。紅外線截止濾波器111例如能夠利用本發明的硬化性組成物來形成。 The imaging area provided on the solid-state imaging element 110 has an infrared cut filter 111 and a color filter 112. The infrared cut filter 111 can be formed using, for example, the curable composition of the present invention.

紅外線透射濾波器113與固體攝像元件110之間設置有區域114。區域114上配置有透射紅外線透射濾波器113之波長的光能夠透射之樹脂層(例如,透明樹脂層等)。圖1所示之實施形態中,區域114上配置有樹脂層,但亦可在區域114形成紅外線透射濾波器113。亦即,可在固體攝像元件110上形成紅外線透射濾波器113。 A region 114 is provided between the infrared transmission filter 113 and the solid-state imaging element 110. The region 114 is provided with a resin layer (for example, a transparent resin layer, etc.) through which light of the wavelength of the infrared transmission filter 113 can be transmitted. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, the resin layer is arranged on the area 114, but the infrared transmission filter 113 may be formed in the area 114. That is, the infrared transmission filter 113 can be formed on the solid-state imaging element 110.

濾色器112及紅外線透射濾波器113的入射光hν側配置有微 透鏡115。以覆蓋微透鏡115之方式形成有平坦化層116。 The color filter 112 and the infrared transmission filter 113 are arranged on the hν side of the incident light. Lens 115. A planarization layer 116 is formed to cover the microlens 115.

並且,圖1所示之實施形態中,濾色器112的膜厚與紅外線透射濾波器113的膜厚相同,但兩者的膜厚亦可不同。 In addition, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, the film thickness of the color filter 112 and the film thickness of the infrared transmission filter 113 are the same, but the film thicknesses of the two may be different.

並且,圖1所示之實施形態中,濾色器112設置於比紅外線截止濾波器111更靠入射光hν側,但可調換紅外線截止濾波器111與濾色器112的順序,將紅外線截止濾波器111設置於比濾色器112更靠入射光hν側。 In addition, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, the color filter 112 is provided on the side of the incident light hν than the infrared cut filter 111, but the order of the infrared cut filter 111 and the color filter 112 can be changed to filter the infrared cut The filter 111 is arranged closer to the incident light hν side than the color filter 112.

並且,圖1所示之實施形態中,紅外線截止濾波器111與濾色器112相鄰而層疊,但兩個濾波器並不一定要相鄰,兩者之間可設置有其他層。 In addition, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, the infrared cut filter 111 and the color filter 112 are stacked adjacent to each other, but the two filters do not necessarily have to be adjacent, and other layers may be provided between the two filters.

並且,圖1所示之實施形態中,將紅外線截止濾波器111與濾色器112作為獨立構件來設置,但亦可使濾色器112含有本發明的組成物來使濾色器112具有作為紅外線截止濾波器的功能。此時,能夠省略紅外線截止濾波器111。 In addition, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, the infrared cut filter 111 and the color filter 112 are provided as independent components, but the color filter 112 may contain the composition of the present invention so that the color filter 112 has the function of The function of the infrared cut filter. In this case, the infrared cut filter 111 can be omitted.

紅外線截止濾波器111依據後述之紅外光二極體(紅外LED)的發光波長而選擇其特性。例如,紅外線截止濾波器111是使可見光(例如,波長400~650nm的光)透射且屏蔽近紅外區域(較佳為波長700~1300nm的範圍,進一步較佳為波長700~1000nm的範圍)的光的至少一部分之濾波器為較佳。紅外線截止濾波器111能夠由利用本發明的硬化性組成物之硬化膜構成。 The infrared cut filter 111 selects its characteristics according to the emission wavelength of the infrared light diode (infrared LED) described later. For example, the infrared cut filter 111 transmits visible light (for example, light with a wavelength of 400 to 650 nm) and shields light in the near-infrared region (preferably in the range of 700 to 1300 nm, more preferably in the range of 700 to 1000 nm). At least a part of the filter is preferable. The infrared cut filter 111 can be composed of a cured film using the curable composition of the present invention.

濾色器112是形成有透射及吸收可見區域的特定波長的光之像素之濾色器,並無特別限定,能夠利用以往公知的像素形成 用濾色器。例如,可使用形成有紅色(R)、綠色(G)、藍色(B)的像素之濾色器等。例如,可參閱日本特開2014-043556號公報的段落0214~0263的記載,該內容編入本說明書中。濾色器112還能夠由利用本發明的硬化性組成物之硬化膜構成。 The color filter 112 is a color filter formed with pixels that transmit and absorb light of a specific wavelength in the visible region, and is not particularly limited, and can be formed using conventionally known pixels. Use color filters. For example, a color filter formed with pixels of red (R), green (G), and blue (B) can be used. For example, refer to the description of paragraphs 0214 to 0263 of JP 2014-043556 A, which are incorporated into this specification. The color filter 112 can also be composed of a cured film using the curable composition of the present invention.

紅外線透射濾波器113依據後述之紅外LED的發光波長而選擇其特性。 The infrared transmission filter 113 selects its characteristics according to the emission wavelength of the infrared LED described later.

例如,紅外LED的發光波長為850nm時,紅外線透射濾波器113中,膜的厚度方向上的光透射率在波長400~650nm的範圍的最大值為30%以下為較佳,20%以下更為佳,10%以下為進一步較佳,0.1%以下尤為佳。該透射率在波長400~650nm的範圍的整個區域滿足上述條件為較佳。波長400~650nm的範圍的最大值通常為0.1%以上。 For example, when the emission wavelength of an infrared LED is 850nm, in the infrared transmission filter 113, the light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film is preferably 30% or less, and more preferably 20% or less. Preferably, 10% or less is more preferable, and 0.1% or less is particularly preferable. It is preferable that the transmittance satisfies the aforementioned conditions in the entire wavelength range of 400 to 650 nm. The maximum value of the wavelength range of 400 to 650 nm is usually 0.1% or more.

紅外線透射濾波器113中,膜的厚度方向上的光透射率在波長800nm以上(較佳為800~1300nm)的範圍的最小值為70%以上為較佳,80%以上更為佳,90%以上為進一步較佳。該透射率在波長800nm以上的範圍的一部分滿足上述條件為較佳,在與紅外LED的發光波長對應之波長下滿足上述條件為較佳。波長900~1300nm的範圍的光透射率的最小值通常為99.9%以下。 In the infrared transmission filter 113, the minimum value of the light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film in the range of a wavelength of 800 nm or more (preferably 800 to 1300 nm) is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and 90% The above is further preferred. The transmittance preferably satisfies the above-mentioned condition in a part of the wavelength range of 800 nm or more, and preferably satisfies the above-mentioned condition at a wavelength corresponding to the emission wavelength of the infrared LED. The minimum value of the light transmittance in the wavelength range of 900 to 1300 nm is usually 99.9% or less.

紅外線透射濾波器113的膜厚為100μm以下為較佳,15μm以下更為佳,5μm以下為進一步較佳,1μm以下尤為佳。下限值為0.1μm為較佳。若膜厚在上述範圍,則能夠設為滿足上述分光特性之膜。 The film thickness of the infrared transmission filter 113 is preferably 100 μm or less, more preferably 15 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.1 μm. If the film thickness is in the above-mentioned range, it can be set as a film satisfying the above-mentioned spectral characteristics.

以下示出紅外線透射濾波器113的分光特性、膜厚等的測定方法。 The methods for measuring the spectral characteristics, film thickness, and the like of the infrared transmission filter 113 are shown below.

關於膜厚,利用觸針式表面形狀測量儀(ULVAC,INC.製DEKTAK150)測定了具有膜之乾燥後的基板。 Regarding the film thickness, the dried substrate with the film was measured with a stylus-type surface profile measuring instrument (DEKTAK150 manufactured by ULVAC, INC.).

關於膜的分光特性,是利用紫外線-可見光-近紅外分光光度計(Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation.製U-4100),在波長300~1300nm的範圍中測定透射率之值。 Regarding the spectral characteristics of the film, the value of the transmittance was measured in a wavelength range of 300 to 1300 nm using an ultraviolet-visible light-near-infrared spectrophotometer (U-4100 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation).

具有上述分光特性之紅外線透射濾波器113能夠使用包含屏蔽可見光之有色材料之硬化性組成物製造。關於屏蔽可見光之有色材料的詳細內容,與上述本發明的組成物中說明之範圍相同。 The infrared transmission filter 113 having the above-mentioned spectral characteristics can be manufactured using a curable composition containing a colored material that shields visible light. The detailed content of the colored material that shields visible light is the same as that described in the above-mentioned composition of the present invention.

並且,例如,紅外LED的發光波長為940nm時,紅外線透射濾波器113中,膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在波長450~650nm的範圍的最大值為20%以下,膜的厚度方向上的波長835nm的光的透射率為20%以下,膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在波長1000~1300nm的範圍的最小值為70%以上為較佳。 And, for example, when the emission wavelength of an infrared LED is 940 nm, the transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film in the infrared transmission filter 113 is 20% or less at the maximum value of the wavelength range of 450 to 650 nm. The transmittance of light with a wavelength of 835nm is 20% or less, and the transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film is preferably 70% or more at the minimum value of the wavelength range of 1000 to 1300 nm.

具有上述分光特性之紅外線透射濾波器113能夠使用包含屏蔽可見光之有色材料及在波長750~950nm的範圍具有極大吸收波長之化合物之硬化性組成物製造。關於屏蔽可見光之有色材料的詳細內容,與上述本發明的組成物中說明之範圍相同。作為在波長750~950nm的範圍具有極大吸收波長之化合物,可舉出使用近紅外線吸收色素作為顏料A而成之本發明的材料或上述本發明的組成物中說明之紅外線吸收劑。 The infrared transmission filter 113 having the above-mentioned spectral characteristics can be manufactured using a curable composition containing a colored material that shields visible light and a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 750 to 950 nm. The detailed content of the colored material that shields visible light is the same as that described in the above-mentioned composition of the present invention. Examples of the compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 750 to 950 nm include the material of the present invention using a near-infrared absorbing dye as the pigment A or the infrared absorber described in the composition of the present invention described above.

<圖像顯示裝置> <Image display device>

本發明的硬化膜(較佳為紅外線截止濾波器)還能夠用於液晶顯示裝置或有機電致發光(有機EL)顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置。例如,藉由與各著色像素(例如紅色、綠色、藍色)一同使用,屏蔽顯示裝置的背光(例如白色發光二極體(白色LED))中包含之紅外光,能夠以防止周邊設備的誤動作之目的或除了各著色顯示像素之外形成紅外像素之目的而使用。 The cured film (preferably an infrared cut filter) of the present invention can also be used in image display devices such as liquid crystal display devices or organic electroluminescence (organic EL) display devices. For example, by using together with each colored pixel (e.g. red, green, blue) to shield the infrared light contained in the backlight of the display device (e.g. white light emitting diode (white LED)), it can prevent the malfunction of peripheral equipment It is used for the purpose of forming infrared pixels in addition to the colored display pixels.

關於顯示裝置的定義和各顯示裝置的詳細內容,例如記載於「電子顯示器設備(佐佐木昭夫著、(株)工業調查會1990年發行)」、「顯示器設備(伊吹順章著、產業圖書(株)平成元年發行)」等中。並且,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於「下一代液晶顯示器技術(內田龍男編輯、(株)工業調查會1994年發行)」中。能夠適用本發明之液晶顯示裝置並無特別限制,例如能夠適用於上述「下一代液晶顯示器技術」中記載之各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。 The definition of display devices and the details of each display device are described in, for example, "Electronic Display Equipment (Akio Sasaki, issued by the Industrial Research Council of Co., Ltd. in 1990)", "Display Equipment (Jun Akio Ibuki, Industrial Books (Co., Ltd.) ) Issued in the first year of Heisei)” and so on. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Edited by Tatsuo Uchida, issued by the Industrial Research Council of Co., Ltd. in 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited. For example, it can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".

圖像顯示裝置可以是具有白色有機EL元件之圖像顯示裝置。作為白色有機EL元件,是串聯結構為較佳。關於有機EL元件的串聯結構,記載於日本特開2003-45676號公報、三上明義監修、「有機EL技術開發的最前線-高亮度‧高精度‧長壽命化‧技術集-」、技術資訊協會、326-328頁、2008年等中。有機EL元件所發光之白色光的光譜在藍色區域(430nm-485nm)、綠色區域(530nm-580nm)及黃色區域(580nm-620nm)具有較強的極大發 光峰值為較佳。除了該些發光峰值以外,進一步在紅色區域(650nm-700nm)具有極大發光峰值更為佳。 The image display device may be an image display device having a white organic EL element. As a white organic EL element, a tandem structure is preferable. Regarding the tandem structure of organic EL elements, it is described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-45676, Supervised by Akoyoshi Mikami, "The Frontline of Organic EL Technology Development-High Brightness, High Accuracy, Longer Lifetime, Technology Collection -", Technical Information Association, pages 326-328, 2008, etc. The spectrum of the white light emitted by the organic EL element has a strong maximum emission in the blue region (430nm-485nm), green region (530nm-580nm) and yellow region (580nm-620nm) The light peak is better. In addition to these luminescence peaks, it is better to have a very large luminescence peak in the red region (650nm-700nm).

〔實施例〕 [Example]

以下舉出實施例,對本發明進行更具體說明。關於以下的實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理步驟等,只要不脫離本發明的宗旨,則能夠適當變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。另外,除非另外指明,則「%」以及「份」是質量基準。 Examples are given below to illustrate the present invention in more detail. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not depart from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, unless otherwise specified, "%" and "parts" are quality standards.

<材料的製造方法> <Material manufacturing method>

(實施例1) (Example 1)

在40℃下攪拌二苯基次硼酸酯(Diphenyl borinic acid ester)8.74質量份、下述化合物(A-1-a)10質量份、下述化合物(B-30)4.27質量份及甲苯100mL,滴加氯化鈦7.36質量份並使其反應30分鐘。在外接溫度130℃下加熱回流3小時之後,冷卻至室溫,添加甲苯57mL並對其進行過濾。對所獲得之粗結晶添加甲醇88mL,在外接溫度80℃下加熱回流1小時。冷卻至室溫並對其進行過濾,對所獲得之結晶再次添加甲醇88mL,在外接溫度80℃下加熱回流1小時。冷卻至室溫並對其進行過濾,藉此獲得了包含顏料(A-1)及下述化合物(B-30)之材料(C-1)。 Stirring 8.74 parts by mass of diphenyl borinic acid ester, 10 parts by mass of the following compound (A-1-a), 4.27 parts by mass of the following compound (B-30), and 100 mL of toluene at 40°C , 7.36 parts by mass of titanium chloride was added dropwise and allowed to react for 30 minutes. After heating and refluxing at an external temperature of 130°C for 3 hours, it was cooled to room temperature, and 57 mL of toluene was added and filtered. To the obtained crude crystals, 88 mL of methanol was added, and the mixture was heated to reflux at an external temperature of 80°C for 1 hour. It was cooled to room temperature and filtered, 88 mL of methanol was added to the obtained crystal again, and it was heated to reflux at an external temperature of 80° C. for 1 hour. It was cooled to room temperature and filtered, thereby obtaining a material (C-1) containing the pigment (A-1) and the following compound (B-30).

【化學式46】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0132-98
【Chemical formula 46】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0132-98

(實施例2~8、11~25) (Examples 2~8, 11~25)

合成各化合物(顏料A)時,在最終製程中,作為化合物B添加下述表中記載的化合物,藉此合成各顏料,除此以外藉由與實施例1相同的方法製造了(C-2)~(C-8)、(C-11)~(C-25)。 When synthesizing each compound (pigment A), in the final process, the compound described in the following table was added as compound B to synthesize each pigment, except that the same method as in Example 1 was used to produce (C-2 )~(C-8), (C-11)~(C-25).

(實施例9) (Example 9)

化合物(A-2-b) Compound (A-2-b)

依據下述方案合成了化合物(A-2-b)。 The compound (A-2-b) was synthesized according to the following scheme.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0132-99
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0132-99

將4-(1-甲基戊基)芐腈作為原料,依據美國專利第5,969,154號說明書中記載之方法合成了化合物(A-2-a)。 Using 4-(1-methylpentyl)benzonitrile as a raw material, the compound (A-2-a) was synthesized according to the method described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 5,969,154.

1H-NMR(DMSO(二甲基亞碸):甲醇鈉的28質量%甲醇溶液=95:5(質量比)的混合液):δ0.82(t,6H),1.15-1.70(m,26H),4.40(m,2H),6.78(d,4H),8.48(d,2H) 1 H-NMR (DMSO (dimethyl sulfite): 28% by mass methanol solution of sodium methoxide = 95: 5 (mass ratio) mixed solution): δ 0.82 (t, 6H), 1.15-1.70 (m, 26H), 4.40 (m, 2H), 6.78 (d, 4H), 8.48 (d, 2H)

在230質量份的甲苯中攪拌20.0質量份的化合物(A-2-a)、15.4質量份的2-(2-苯并噻唑)乙腈,接著,滴加45.0質量份的磷醯氯,加熱回流3.5小時。反應結束之後,將內溫冷卻至25℃,維持內溫30℃以下的狀態之同時經60分鐘滴加200質量份的甲醇。滴加結束之後,在室溫下攪拌30分鐘。過濾所析出之結晶,並用100質量份的甲醇清洗。對所獲得之結晶添加200質量份的甲醇,加熱回流30分鐘,放冷至成為30℃,並過濾結晶。藉由對所獲得之結晶以40℃進行12小時的送風乾燥,獲得了8.8質量份的化合物(A-2-b)。 20.0 parts by mass of compound (A-2-a) and 15.4 parts by mass of 2-(2-benzothiazole)acetonitrile were stirred in 230 parts by mass of toluene, and then 45.0 parts by mass of phosphatidyl chloride were added dropwise, and the mixture was heated to reflux 3.5 hours. After the reaction, the internal temperature was cooled to 25°C, and 200 parts by mass of methanol was added dropwise over 60 minutes while maintaining the internal temperature at 30°C or lower. After the dropwise addition, it was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The precipitated crystals were filtered, and washed with 100 parts by mass of methanol. 200 parts by mass of methanol was added to the obtained crystals, heated to reflux for 30 minutes, allowed to cool to 30°C, and the crystals were filtered. The obtained crystal was air-dried at 40°C for 12 hours to obtain 8.8 parts by mass of the compound (A-2-b).

1H-NMR(CDCl3):δ0.90-1.90(m,32H),4.54(m,2H),7.12(d,4H),7.20-7.40(m,2H),7.43(t,2H),7.75(d,4H),7.81(t,4H) 1 H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 0.90-1.90 (m, 32H), 4.54 (m, 2H), 7.12 (d, 4H), 7.20-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.43 (t, 2H), 7.75 (d,4H),7.81(t,4H)

材料(C-9)的合成 Synthesis of material (C-9)

實施例1中,使用(A-2-b)來代替化合物(A-1-a),使用化合物(B-61)來代替化合物(B-30),除此以外以與材料(C-1)的合成相同的方法獲得了包含顏料(A-2)及化合物(C-61)之材料(C-9)。 In Example 1, (A-2-b) was used in place of compound (A-1-a), and compound (B-61) was used in place of compound (B-30). In addition, it was used with material (C-1 In the same way as the synthesis of ), the material (C-9) containing the pigment (A-2) and the compound (C-61) was obtained.

【化學式48】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0134-68
【Chemical formula 48】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0134-68

(實施例10) (Example 10)

化合物(A-3-c)的合成 Synthesis of compound (A-3-c)

依據下述方案合成了化合物(A-3-c)。 The compound (A-3-c) was synthesized according to the following scheme.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0135-69
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0135-69

在200質量份的水中,將50.0質量份的2-胺基-6-甲氧基苯并噻唑、93.4質量份的氫氧化鉀加熱回流24小時,並冷卻至10℃以下。以反應液的pH成為6之方式在維持10℃以下之同時,添加了6mol/L的鹽酸及乙酸。過濾所析出之結晶,並用200質量份的水清洗。混合所獲得之所有結晶、18.3質量份的丙二腈、19.3質量份的乙酸、172質量份的甲醇,並在60℃下攪拌1小時之後,冷卻至10℃以下。過濾所析出之結晶,並用200質量份的甲醇清洗。藉由對所獲得之結晶以40℃進行12小時的送風乾燥,獲得了38.7質量份的化合物(A-3-b)。 In 200 parts by mass of water, 50.0 parts by mass of 2-amino-6-methoxybenzothiazole and 93.4 parts by mass of potassium hydroxide were heated to reflux for 24 hours, and cooled to 10°C or lower. 6 mol/L hydrochloric acid and acetic acid were added while maintaining the pH of the reaction liquid to 6 at 10°C or lower. The precipitated crystals were filtered, and washed with 200 parts by mass of water. After mixing all the obtained crystals, 18.3 parts by mass of malononitrile, 19.3 parts by mass of acetic acid, and 172 parts by mass of methanol, the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 1 hour, and then cooled to 10°C or lower. The precipitated crystals were filtered, and washed with 200 parts by mass of methanol. The obtained crystal was air-dried at 40°C for 12 hours to obtain 38.7 parts by mass of compound (A-3-b).

1H-NMR(CDCl3):δ3.85(s,3H),4.22(s,2H),7.16(d,1H),7.38(s,1H),7.97(d,1H) 1 H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.22 (s, 2H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H)

將化合物(A-1-a)與化合物(A-3-b)作為原料,以與化合物(A-2-b)的合成相同的方法合成了化合物(A-3-c)。 Using compound (A-1-a) and compound (A-3-b) as raw materials, compound (A-3-c) was synthesized in the same manner as the synthesis of compound (A-2-b).

1H-NMR(DMSO(二甲基亞碸):甲醇鈉的28質量%甲醇溶液=95:5(質量比)的混合液):δ0.98(t,6H),1.12(d,6H),1.30(m,2H),1.63(m,2H),1.95(m,2H),3.89(m,4H),6.88(d,2H),6.98(d,4H),7.42(m,4H),7.67(s,2H),7.85(d,4H) 1 H-NMR (DMSO (dimethyl sulfide): 28% by mass methanol solution of sodium methoxide = 95: 5 (mass ratio) mixed solution): δ 0.98 (t, 6H), 1.12 (d, 6H) , 1.30 (m, 2H), 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 3.89 (m, 4H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 6.98 (d, 4H), 7.42 (m, 4H), 7.67(s,2H),7.85(d,4H)

材料(C-10)的合成 Synthesis of material (C-10)

實施例9中,代替化合物(A-2-b)使用了化合物(A-3-c),除此以外以與材料(C-9)的合成相同的方法獲得了包含顏料(A-3)及化合物(B-61)之材料(C-10)。 In Example 9, the compound (A-3-c) was used instead of the compound (A-2-b), except that the pigment (A-3) was obtained by the same method as the synthesis of the material (C-9) And compound (B-61) material (C-10).

【化學式50】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0137-70
【Chemical formula 50】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0137-70

(比較例1) (Comparative example 1)

在乳鉢中添加10質量份的顏料(NPC-1)及3質量份的化合物(B-30),以乳鉢槌攪拌並混合至均勻,從而獲得了材料(C’-1)。 10 parts by mass of the pigment (NPC-1) and 3 parts by mass of the compound (B-30) were added to a mortar, stirred with a mortar hammer and mixed until uniform, thereby obtaining a material (C'-1).

(比較例2) (Comparative example 2)

在乳鉢中添加10質量份的顏料(DP-1)及3質量份的化合物(B-30),以乳鉢槌攪拌並混合至均勻,從而獲得了材料(C’-2)。 10 parts by mass of the pigment (DP-1) and 3 parts by mass of the compound (B-30) were added to a mortar, stirred with a mortar hammer and mixed until uniform, thereby obtaining a material (C'-2).

<評價> <evaluation>

藉由高效液相層析(HPLC)測定合成顏料時排出之濾液中包含之化合物B的量,計算來自各材料的化合物B的提取量。從來自各材料的化合物B的溶出量計算出各材料中包含之化合物B的量。 The amount of compound B contained in the filtrate discharged during the synthesis of the pigment was measured by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), and the amount of compound B extracted from each material was calculated. The amount of compound B contained in each material was calculated from the eluted amount of compound B from each material.

接著,對上述中獲得之1g的各材料添加16.6mL的甲醇,在80℃下攪拌清洗30分鐘。採取已清洗之濾液,藉由高效液相層析(HPLC)測定濾液中包含之化合物B的量,計算出來自各材料的化合物B的提取量。從來自各材料的化合物B的溶出量計算出藉由甲醇清洗之後的材料中的化合物B的質量X2。並且,在45℃下對藉由甲醇清洗之後的材料進行12小時的送風乾燥,測定藉由甲醇清洗之後的材料的固體成分的質量X3Next, 16.6 mL of methanol was added to 1 g of each material obtained above, and the mixture was stirred and washed at 80°C for 30 minutes. The washed filtrate was taken, and the amount of compound B contained in the filtrate was measured by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), and the amount of compound B extracted from each material was calculated. The mass X 2 of the compound B in the material after washing with methanol was calculated from the elution amount of the compound B from each material. In addition, the material washed with methanol was air-dried for 12 hours at 45°C, and the mass X 3 of the solid content of the material washed with methanol was measured.

關於所獲得之材料,依據藉由甲醇清洗之後的材料中的化合物B的質量X2及藉由甲醇清洗之後的材料的固體成分的質量X3,藉由下述式求出X1Regarding the obtained material, X 1 was obtained by the following formula based on the mass X 2 of the compound B in the material after washing with methanol and the mass X 3 of the solid content of the material after washing with methanol.

X1=(X2/X3)×100 X 1 =(X 2 /X 3 )×100

另外,甲醇是滿足在25℃下下述表中記載的顏料A的溶解度為0.02質量%以下且下述表中記載的化合物B的溶解度為0.2質量%以上的要件之溶劑。 In addition, methanol is a solvent that satisfies the requirements that the solubility of the pigment A described in the following table is 0.02% by mass or less and the solubility of the compound B described in the following table is 0.2% by mass or more at 25°C.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0139-86
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0139-86

從上述結果可知,確認到實施例中,滿足X1的值為0.99以上的要件,化合物B牢固地附著於顏料A。 From the above results, it was confirmed that in Examples, the requirement that the value of X 1 is 0.99 or more is satisfied, and the compound B is firmly attached to the pigment A.

另一方面,比較例1、2中,X1的值小於0.99,化合物B易從顏料A剝落。 On the other hand, in Comparative Examples 1 and 2, the value of X 1 was less than 0.99, and the compound B was easily peeled off from the pigment A.

上述表所述之材料如下。 The materials described in the above table are as follows.

顏料A:下述化合物。化合物A-122參考WO09/060573號公報中記載的方法合成。化合物A-123參考日本特開2012-8532號公報中記載的方法合成。 Pigment A: The following compound. Compound A-122 was synthesized with reference to the method described in WO09/060573. Compound A-123 was synthesized with reference to the method described in JP 2012-8532 A.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0140-71
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0140-71

【化學式52】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0141-73
【Chemical formula 52】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0141-73

化合物B:下述化合物 Compound B: The following compound

【化學式53】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0142-74
【Chemical formula 53】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0142-74

【化學式54】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0143-100
【Chemical formula 54】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0143-100

化合物(B-61)的合成 Synthesis of compound (B-61)

依據下述方案合成來了化合物(B-61)。 The compound (B-61) was synthesized according to the following scheme.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0143-101
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0143-101

在60質量份的甲苯中攪拌3.9質量份的二苯基次硼酸2-胺基乙酯、6.0質量份的化合物(A-2-b),在外接溫度40℃下,經10分鐘滴加10.6質量份的四氯化鈦,並攪拌30分鐘。將外接溫度升溫至130℃,並加熱回流3小時。放冷至內溫成為30℃,維持內溫30℃以下之同時滴加甲醇40質量份。滴加後攪拌30分鐘,並 過濾所析出之結晶,並藉由35質量份的甲醇進行清洗。對所獲得之結晶添加50質量份的甲醇,並加熱回流30分鐘,放冷至成為30℃,進行2次過濾結晶之操作。藉由對所獲得之結晶以40℃進行12小時的送風乾燥,獲得了4.6質量份的化合物(A-2)。1H-NMR(DMSO):δ6.20-6.30(dd,8H),6.91(d,2H),7.12-7.21(m,24H),7.92(d,2H),9.54(s,2H) Stir 3.9 parts by mass of 2-aminoethyl diphenyl hypoborate and 6.0 parts by mass of compound (A-2-b) in 60 parts by mass of toluene, and add 10.6 parts dropwise over 10 minutes at an external temperature of 40°C. Parts by mass of titanium tetrachloride and stirred for 30 minutes. The external temperature was increased to 130°C and heated to reflux for 3 hours. It was left to cool until the internal temperature became 30°C, and 40 parts by mass of methanol was added dropwise while maintaining the internal temperature at 30°C or lower. After dripping, it was stirred for 30 minutes, and the precipitated crystal was filtered and washed with 35 parts by mass of methanol. 50 parts by mass of methanol was added to the obtained crystals, heated under reflux for 30 minutes, allowed to cool to 30°C, and the crystal was filtered twice. The obtained crystal was air-dried at 40°C for 12 hours to obtain 4.6 parts by mass of compound (A-2). 1 H-NMR (DMSO): δ 6.20-6.30 (dd, 8H), 6.91 (d, 2H), 7.12-7.21 (m, 24H), 7.92 (d, 2H), 9.54 (s, 2H)

在28.2質量份的二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)中攪拌3.0質量份的化合物(A-2)及3.45質量份的碳酸鉀之後,添加3.40質量份的丁磺酸及5.6質量份的DMAc,並在室溫下攪拌10分鐘。將外接溫度升溫至105℃並加熱4小時。接著,放冷至成為內溫30℃,並過濾所析出之結晶。對30質量份的4mol/L鹽酸水溶液,維持內溫30℃以下之同時分別少量添加所獲得之結晶,並在室溫下攪拌30分鐘,進行2次過濾所析出之結晶之操作。對所獲得之結晶添加60質量份的乙酸乙酯,加熱回流30分鐘,放冷至成為30℃,進行3次過濾結晶之操作。藉由對所獲得之結晶以50℃進行24小時的送風乾燥,獲得了2.74質量份的化合物(B-61)。 After stirring 3.0 parts by mass of compound (A-2) and 3.45 parts by mass of potassium carbonate in 28.2 parts by mass of dimethylacetamide (DMAc), 3.40 parts by mass of butanesulfonic acid and 5.6 parts by mass of DMAc were added, And stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. The external temperature was increased to 105°C and heated for 4 hours. Then, it was left to cool to an internal temperature of 30°C, and the precipitated crystal was filtered. To 30 parts by mass of 4mol/L hydrochloric acid aqueous solution, the obtained crystals were added in small amounts while maintaining the internal temperature below 30°C, and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and the precipitated crystals were filtered twice. To the obtained crystal, 60 parts by mass of ethyl acetate was added, heated under reflux for 30 minutes, allowed to cool to 30°C, and the crystal was filtered three times. The obtained crystal was blow-dried at 50°C for 24 hours to obtain 2.74 parts by mass of the compound (B-61).

1H-NMR(DMSO):δ1.76(m,8H),3.42(m,4H),3.93(m,4H),6.34-6.47(dd,8H),6.89(d,2H),7.12-7.21(m,24H),7.93(d,2H) 1 H-NMR(DMSO): δ1.76(m,8H),3.42(m,4H),3.93(m,4H),6.34-6.47(dd,8H),6.89(d,2H),7.12-7.21 (m,24H),7.93(d,2H)

化合物(B-113)的合成 Synthesis of compound (B-113)

使用丙磺酸來代替丁磺酸,除此以外利用與化合物(B-61)相同的方法獲得了化合物(B-113)。 Except that propanesulfonic acid was used instead of butanesulfonic acid, the compound (B-113) was obtained by the same method as the compound (B-61).

化合物(B-81)的合成 Synthesis of compound (B-81)

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0145-77
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0145-77

添加4.6質量份的顏料(A-2)、10質量份的4-[(二乙基胺基)甲基]-苯甲酸氯化物、87質量份的DMAc、16.7質量份的三乙胺,並攪拌5分鐘。將外接溫度升溫至110℃,並加熱4小時。放冷至內溫成為30℃,並過濾所析出之結晶。接著,藉由100質量份的甲醇、100質量份的水進行清洗。對所獲得之結晶添加200質量份的蒸餾水,加熱回流30分鐘,放冷至成為30℃,並過濾所析出之結晶。對所獲得之結晶添加200質量份的二甲基亞碸,在80℃下加熱30分鐘。加熱結束之後,放冷至成為30℃,並過濾所析出之結晶。對所獲得之結晶添加200質量份的甲醇,加熱回流30分鐘,放冷至成為30℃,並過濾所析出之結晶。藉由對所獲得之結晶以50℃進行24小時的送風乾燥,獲得了5.5質量份的化合物(B-81)。 Add 4.6 parts by mass of pigment (A-2), 10 parts by mass of 4-[(diethylamino)methyl]-benzoic acid chloride, 87 parts by mass of DMAc, 16.7 parts by mass of triethylamine, and Stir for 5 minutes. The external temperature was increased to 110°C and heated for 4 hours. Leave to cool until the internal temperature becomes 30°C, and filter the precipitated crystals. Then, washing was performed with 100 parts by mass of methanol and 100 parts by mass of water. 200 parts by mass of distilled water was added to the obtained crystals, heated to reflux for 30 minutes, allowed to cool to 30°C, and the precipitated crystals were filtered. 200 parts by mass of dimethyl sulfoxide was added to the obtained crystal, and heated at 80°C for 30 minutes. After heating, it was allowed to cool to 30°C, and the precipitated crystals were filtered. 200 parts by mass of methanol was added to the obtained crystals, heated under reflux for 30 minutes, allowed to cool to 30°C, and the precipitated crystals were filtered. The obtained crystal was dried by blowing air at 50°C for 24 hours to obtain 5.5 parts by mass of the compound (B-81).

1H-NMR(CDCl3):1.07(t,12H),2.56(q,8H),3.67(s,4H),6.60(d,4H),6.85(d,4H),6.91-7.40(m,26H),7.51(m,6H),8.19(d,4H) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ): 1.07 (t, 12H), 2.56 (q, 8H), 3.67 (s, 4H), 6.60 (d, 4H), 6.85 (d, 4H), 6.91-7.40 (m, 26H), 7.51 (m, 6H), 8.19 (d, 4H)

化合物(B-114)、(B-115)的合成 Synthesis of compounds (B-114) and (B-115)

使用異煙酸氯化物、煙酸氯化物來代替4-[(二乙基胺基)甲基]-苯甲酸氯化物,除此以外利用與化合物(B-81)相同的方法, 獲得了化合物(B-114)、(B-115)。 Use isonicotinic acid chloride and nicotinic acid chloride instead of 4-[(diethylamino)methyl]-benzoic acid chloride, except that the same method as compound (B-81) is used, Compounds (B-114) and (B-115) were obtained.

化合物(B-119)的合成 Synthesis of compound (B-119)

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0146-78
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0146-78

添加4.5質量份的N-(3-溴丙基)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺、2.0質量份的顏料(A-2)、37.6質量份的DMAc、4.7質量份的碳酸鉀,並攪拌5分鐘。將外接溫度升溫至100℃,並加熱1小時。接著,對反應機追加2.3質量份的N-(3-溴丙基)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺及2.5質量份的碳酸鉀,接著攪拌6小時。放冷至內溫成為30℃,維持內溫30℃以下之同時添加40質量份的1mol/L氫氧化鈉水溶液。滴加之後攪拌30分鐘,過濾所析出之結晶,並藉由35質量份的蒸餾水清洗。藉由對所獲得之結晶以50℃進行24小時的送風乾燥,獲得了2.1質量份的化合物(B-119)。 Add 4.5 parts by mass of N-(3-bromopropyl)phthalimide, 2.0 parts by mass of pigment (A-2), 37.6 parts by mass of DMAc, and 4.7 parts by mass of potassium carbonate, and stir for 5 minutes . Increase the external temperature to 100°C and heat for 1 hour. Next, 2.3 parts by mass of N-(3-bromopropyl)phthalimide and 2.5 parts by mass of potassium carbonate were added to the reactor, followed by stirring for 6 hours. It was left to cool until the internal temperature became 30°C, and 40 parts by mass of 1 mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution was added while maintaining the internal temperature at 30°C or lower. After the dripping, it was stirred for 30 minutes, the precipitated crystal was filtered, and washed with 35 parts by mass of distilled water. The obtained crystal was dried by blowing air at 50°C for 24 hours to obtain 2.1 parts by mass of the compound (B-119).

1H-NMR(CDCl3):2.21(五重峰,4H),3.96(t,4H),4.02(t,4H),6.35(d,4H),6.40(d,4H),7.00-7.25(m,28H),7.73(m,4H),7.89(m,4H) 1 H-NMR (CDCl3): 2.21 (quintet, 4H), 3.96 (t, 4H), 4.02 (t, 4H), 6.35 (d, 4H), 6.40 (d, 4H), 7.00-7.25 (m ,28H),7.73(m,4H),7.89(m,4H)

<組成物(分散液)的製備> <Preparation of composition (dispersion)>

對10質量份的下述表所示之材料、3.0質量份的下述表所示之色素衍生物、7.8質量份的下述表所示之樹脂、109質量份的下 述表所示之有機溶劑、及520質量份的0.5mm直徑的氧化鋯珠,用塗料振動器進行30分鐘的分散處理。之後,利用NIHON PALL LTD.製DFA4201NXEY(0.45μm尼龍過濾器)進行過濾,藉由過濾分離珠子,製作了組成物(分散液)。 To 10 parts by mass of the material shown in the following table, 3.0 parts by mass of the pigment derivative shown in the following table, 7.8 parts by mass of the resin shown in the following table, 109 parts by mass The organic solvent shown in the table and 520 parts by mass of 0.5 mm diameter zirconia beads were subjected to a 30-minute dispersion treatment with a paint shaker. After that, filtration was performed using DFA4201NXEY (0.45 μm nylon filter) manufactured by NIHON PALL LTD., and the beads were separated by filtration to prepare a composition (dispersion liquid).

<分散性的評價> <Evaluation of Dispersibility>

利用E型黏度計,測定25℃、1000rpm下的各組成物的黏度,並以下述基準評價了分散性。 Using an E-type viscometer, the viscosity of each composition was measured at 25°C and 1000 rpm, and the dispersibility was evaluated based on the following criteria.

A:20mPa.s以下 A: 20mPa. s or less

B:超過20mPa.s且100mPa.s以下 B: More than 20mPa. s and 100mPa. s or less

C:超過100mPa.s C: More than 100mPa. s

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0148-87
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0148-87

依據上述結果,實施例的分散性良好。相對於此,不包含本發明的材料之比較例的分散性較差。 According to the above results, the dispersibility of the examples is good. In contrast, the comparative example that does not include the material of the present invention has poor dispersibility.

實施例101~127中,即使作為材料C-1~C-25使用藉由甲醇清洗之前的材料,亦能夠獲得相同的效果。 In Examples 101 to 127, the same effect can be obtained even if the material before cleaning with methanol is used as the materials C-1 to C-25.

上述表所示之成分如下。 The ingredients shown in the above table are as follows.

(材料、顏料、色素衍生物) (Materials, pigments, pigment derivatives)

C-1~C-25、C-1’、C-2’:計算出X1之後(甲醇清洗之後)的上述材料C-1~C-25、C-1’、C-2’ C-1~C-25, C-1', C-2': The above materials C-1~C-25, C-1', C-2' after calculating X 1 (after methanol cleaning)

DP-1、B-1、B-30、B-61:上述結構 DP-1, B-1, B-30, B-61: the above structure

(樹脂) (Resin)

D-1:下述結構(將TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD製的巨分子單體AA-6用作原料來製造之樹脂,且x/y/z=10/78/12(質量%)、Mw:19700。) D-1: The following structure (resin manufactured by using the macromonomer AA-6 manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD as a raw material, and x/y/z=10/78/12 (mass%), Mw: 19700.)

D-2:下述結構(Mw=38900) D-2: The following structure (Mw=38900)

D-3:下述結構(Mw=7950) D-3: The following structure (Mw=7950)

D-4:下述結構(Mw=11483) D-4: The following structure (Mw=11483)

D-5:下述結構(Mw=22900) D-5: The following structure (Mw=22900)

【化學式58】

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0150-102
【Chemical formula 58】
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0150-102

PGMEA:丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯 PGMEA: Propylene Glycol Methyl Ether Acetate

PGME:1-甲氧基-2-丙醇 PGME: 1-methoxy-2-propanol

<硬化性組成物的製備> <Preparation of curable composition>

(實施例201~225、比較例201~203) (Examples 201 to 225, Comparative Examples 201 to 203)

混合下述成分,製備了實施例201的硬化性組成物。並且,實施例201的硬化性組成物中,將實施例101的分散液變更為實施例102~125、比較例101~103的分散液,從而製備了實施例202~225、比較例201~203的近紅外線吸收性組成物。 The following components were mixed to prepare a curable composition of Example 201. In addition, in the curable composition of Example 201, the dispersion of Example 101 was changed to the dispersion of Examples 102 to 125 and Comparative Examples 101 to 103, thereby preparing Examples 202 to 225 and Comparative Examples 201 to 203. The near-infrared absorbing composition.

‧實施例101的分散液:28.0質量份 ‧The dispersion of Example 101: 28.0 parts by mass

‧聚合性化合物1:6.83質量份 ‧Polymerizable compound 1: 6.83 parts by mass

‧鹼可溶性樹脂1:6.73質量份 ‧Alkali-soluble resin 1: 6.73 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑1:1.96質量份 ‧Polymerization initiator 1: 1.96 parts by mass

‧聚合禁止劑1:0.003質量份 ‧Polymerization inhibitor 1: 0.003 parts by mass

‧界面活性劑1:0.04質量份 ‧Surfactant 1: 0.04 parts by mass

‧有機溶劑1:56.44質量份 ‧Organic solvent 1:56.44 parts by mass

聚合性化合物1:KAYARAD DPHA(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製) Polymerizable compound 1: KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)

鹼可溶性樹脂1:下述結構(Mw:11000) Alkali-soluble resin 1: The following structure (Mw: 11000)

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0151-80
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0151-80

聚合起始劑1:下述結構 Polymerization initiator 1: The following structure

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0151-81
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0151-81

聚合禁止劑1:對甲氧基苯酚(SANRITSU CHEMICALS製) Polymerization inhibitor 1: p-methoxyphenol (manufactured by SANRITSU CHEMICALS)

界面活性劑1:下述混合物(Mw=14000) Surfactant 1: The following mixture (Mw=14000)

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0152-82
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0152-82

有機溶劑1:丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯 Organic solvent 1: Propylene glycol methyl ether acetate

(實施例226) (Example 226)

在設置有攪拌裝置、溫度計之玻璃製可分離燒瓶,加入具有環氧基之50.0質量份的化合物(NOF CORPORATION製、Marr proof G-0150M重量平均分子量10000)、100質量份的丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯,在20~35℃下攪拌2小時並溶解。接著,添加0.75質量份的實施例126的組成物(分散液),並在20~35℃下攪拌至均勻。而且,添加0.500質量份的丁二酸(相對於具有環氧基之化合物100質量份,1質量份),並在20~35℃下攪拌1小時獲得了硬化性組成物。 In a glass separable flask equipped with a stirring device and a thermometer, 50.0 parts by mass of a compound having an epoxy group (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION, Marr proof G-0150M weight average molecular weight 10000) and 100 parts by mass of propylene glycol methyl ether acetic acid are added Ester, stir and dissolve at 20~35℃ for 2 hours. Next, 0.75 parts by mass of the composition (dispersion liquid) of Example 126 was added and stirred at 20 to 35°C until uniform. Furthermore, 0.500 parts by mass of succinic acid (1 part by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the epoxy group-containing compound) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 20 to 35°C for 1 hour to obtain a curable composition.

(實施例227) (Example 227)

向容器添加100質量份的下述樹脂A(黏合劑聚合物)、0.08質量份的實施例127的組成物(分散液)、及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯,將樹脂A的濃度調整為20質量%,從而獲得了硬化性組成物。 100 parts by mass of the following resin A (binder polymer), 0.08 parts by mass of the composition (dispersion liquid) of Example 127, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate were added to the container, and the concentration of resin A was adjusted to 20 mass %, thereby obtaining a curable composition.

‧樹脂A:下述結構(參考日本特開2015-40895號公報的段落0141~0143中記載的方法來合成。Mw=137,000) ‧Resin A: The following structure (referring to the method described in paragraphs 0141 to 0143 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-40895 to synthesize. Mw=137,000)

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0153-83
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0153-83

<面內均勻性的評價> <Evaluation of in-plane uniformity>

將實施例201~225、比較例201~203的各硬化性組成物旋轉塗佈於8inch(200mm)玻璃晶圓,以100℃、120秒、加熱板的條件,進行乾燥來獲得了硬化膜。 Each curable composition of Examples 201 to 225 and Comparative Examples 201 to 203 was spin-coated on an 8 inch (200 mm) glass wafer, and dried under conditions of 100° C., 120 seconds, and a hot plate to obtain a cured film.

並且,在配置於旋轉塗佈機上之玻璃基板上滴加實施例226的硬化性組成物,藉由以1000rpm將該基板旋轉30秒來塗佈基板表面,之後在80℃下進行10分鐘的乾燥來去除溶劑,在150℃下熱硬化3小時,獲得了硬化膜。 In addition, the curable composition of Example 226 was dropped on a glass substrate placed on a spin coater, and the substrate surface was coated by rotating the substrate at 1000 rpm for 30 seconds, and then performing a 10 minute process at 80°C. It was dried to remove the solvent, and thermally cured at 150°C for 3 hours to obtain a cured film.

並且,將實施例227的硬化性組成物塗佈於平滑的玻璃基板上,在20℃下進行8小時的乾燥之後,從玻璃基板剝離。對所剝離之塗膜,進一步在減壓下以100℃進行8小時的乾燥,從而獲得了厚度0.1mm的硬化膜。 In addition, the curable composition of Example 227 was applied on a smooth glass substrate, dried at 20°C for 8 hours, and then peeled from the glass substrate. The peeled coating film was further dried at 100°C for 8 hours under reduced pressure to obtain a cured film with a thickness of 0.1 mm.

關於所獲得之硬化膜,藉由Dektak(Bruker Corporation製)測定中心至端部的2cm間隔的共計5個點的膜厚實測,以下述基準評價了面內均勻性。 The obtained cured film was measured by Dektak (manufactured by Bruker Corporation) at 5 points in total at 2 cm intervals from the center to the end, and the in-plane uniformity was evaluated based on the following criteria.

A:(Max-Min)/Min<3% A: (Max-Min)/Min<3%

B:3

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0153-92
(Max-Min)/Min
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0153-93
7% B: 3
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0153-92
(Max-Min)/Min
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0153-93
7%

C:(Max-Min)/Min>7% C: (Max-Min)/Min>7%

另外,「Min」是膜厚最薄之部位的膜厚,「Max」是最厚之部位的膜厚。 In addition, "Min" is the film thickness of the thinnest part, and "Max" is the film thickness of the thickest part.

Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0154-88
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0154-88

依據上述結果,實施例的面內均勻性良好。實施例的硬化性組成物中使用之分散液的顏料分散性良好,因此硬化性組成物的 黏度較低且塗佈性良好。因此,認為實施例中,塗佈膜上不易產生凹凸,面內均勻性得到提高。相對於此,不包含本發明的材料之比較例的面內均勻性較差。 According to the above results, the in-plane uniformity of the examples is good. The dispersion used in the curable composition of the example has good pigment dispersibility, so the curable composition Low viscosity and good coating properties. Therefore, it is considered that in the examples, unevenness is less likely to occur on the coating film, and the in-plane uniformity is improved. In contrast, the comparative example that does not include the material of the present invention has poor in-plane uniformity.

實施例中,藉由進一步調配屏蔽可見光之有色材料,可獲得紅外線透射濾波器。 In the embodiment, by further deploying colored materials that shield visible light, an infrared transmission filter can be obtained.

100‧‧‧紅外線感測器 100‧‧‧Infrared sensor

110‧‧‧固體攝像元件 110‧‧‧Solid-state image sensor

111‧‧‧紅外線截止濾波器 111‧‧‧Infrared cut filter

112‧‧‧濾色器 112‧‧‧Color filter

113‧‧‧紅外線透射濾波器 113‧‧‧Infrared transmission filter

114‧‧‧區域 114‧‧‧Region

115‧‧‧微透鏡 115‧‧‧Micro lens

116‧‧‧平坦化層 116‧‧‧Planarization layer

Claims (19)

一種材料,其包含顏料A及具有對樹脂具有吸附性之結構之化合物B,其中所述顏料A相對於25℃的溶劑C的溶解度為0.02質量%以下,所述化合物B為以式(B1)表示之色素衍生物且相對於25℃的溶劑C的溶解度為0.2質量%以上,所述溶劑C為甲醇、乙醇、四氫呋喃、丙酮、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、第二丁醇、正己醇、甲苯、二甲苯、苯、乙基苯、四氯化碳、三氯乙烯、氯仿、1,1,1-三氯乙烷、二氯甲烷、單氯苯、二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基亞碸、四氫噻吩碸、乙酸正戊酯、丙酸乙酯、鄰苯二甲酸二甲酯、苯甲酸乙酯、硫酸甲酯、甲基異丁基酮、二乙基醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、環戊酮、環己酮、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、乙酸丁酯、2-丁醇、乳酸乙酯或丙二醇單甲基醚,所述材料中的所述化合物B被吸引到所述顏料A的粒子內部,且所述材料的以下述式(I)表示之X1為0.99以上,X1=(X2/X3)×100......(I)X2為在所述溶劑C中浸漬所述材料之後的所述材料中的所述化合物B的質量,X3為浸漬於所述溶劑C之後的所述材料的固體成分的質量,
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0157-89
式中,P表示色素結構,L表示單鍵或連結基,X表示酸性基、鹼性基、具有鹽結構之基團或鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基,m表示1以上的整數,n表示1以上的整數,m為2以上時,複數個L及X可互不相同,n為2以上時,複數個X可互不相同。
A material comprising a pigment A and a compound B having an adsorbent structure for resin, wherein the solubility of the pigment A with respect to the solvent C at 25° C. is 0.02% by mass or less, and the compound B is of the formula (B1) The indicated pigment derivatives have a solubility of 0.2% by mass or more with respect to solvent C at 25°C. The solvent C is methanol, ethanol, tetrahydrofuran, acetone, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, and second butanol , N-hexanol, toluene, xylene, benzene, ethylbenzene, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethylene, chloroform, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, methylene chloride, monochlorobenzene, dimethylformamide Amine, dimethyl acetamide, dimethyl sulfide, tetrahydrothiophene, n-pentyl acetate, ethyl propionate, dimethyl phthalate, ethyl benzoate, methyl sulfate, methyl iso Butyl ketone, diethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, butyl acetate, 2- Butanol, ethyl lactate or propylene glycol monomethyl ether, the compound B in the material is attracted to the inside of the particles of the pigment A, and X 1 represented by the following formula (I) of the material is 0.99 Above, X 1 =(X 2 /X 3 )×100...(I) X 2 is the mass of the compound B in the material after the material is immersed in the solvent C, X 3 is the mass of the solid content of the material after being immersed in the solvent C,
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0157-89
In the formula, P represents a pigment structure, L represents a single bond or a linking group, X represents an acidic group, a basic group, a group with a salt structure or a phthalimide group, m represents an integer of 1 or more, and n represents An integer of 1 or more, and when m is 2 or more, a plurality of L and X may be different from each other, and when n is 2 or more, a plurality of X may be different from each other.
如申請專利範圍第1項所述之材料,其中所述顏料A在近紅外區域中具有吸收。 The material described in item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the pigment A has absorption in the near-infrared region. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之材料,其中所述顏料A的極大吸收波長在700~1200nm的範圍。 The material described in item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the maximum absorption wavelength of the pigment A is in the range of 700 to 1200 nm. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之材料,其中所述顏料A是選自酞菁化合物、萘酞菁化合物、苝化合物、吡咯并吡咯化合物、花青化合物、二硫醇金屬錯合物、萘醌化合物、亞銨化合物、偶氮化合物及方酸內鎓鹽化合物之1種以上。 The material described in item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the pigment A is selected from the group consisting of phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, perylene compounds, pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, dithiol metal complexes, naphthalene One or more of quinone compounds, iminium compounds, azo compounds, and squaraine ylide compounds. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之材料,其中所述顏料A是吡咯并吡咯化合物。 The material described in item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the pigment A is a pyrrolopyrrole compound. 如申請專利範圍第5項所述之材料,其中所述吡咯并吡咯化合物是以下述式(1)表示之化合物,
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0157-84
式中,R1a及R1b分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,R2及 R3分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R2及R3可相互鍵結而形成環,R4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、雜芳基、-BR4AR4B或金屬原子,R4可與選自R1a、R1b及R3之至少一個共價鍵結或配位鍵結,R4A及R4B分別獨立表示取代基。
The material described in item 5 of the scope of patent application, wherein the pyrrolopyrrole compound is a compound represented by the following formula (1),
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0157-84
In the formula, R 1a and R 1b each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, -BR 4A R 4B or a metal atom, R 4 may be covalently bonded to at least one selected from R 1a , R 1b and R 3 or Coordination bonding, R 4A and R 4B each independently represent a substituent.
如申請專利範圍第1項至第6項中任一項所述之材料,其中所述式(B1)的P表示的色素結構是選自吡咯并吡咯色素結構、二酮吡咯并吡咯色素結構、喹吖啶酮色素結構、蒽醌色素結構、聯蒽醌色素結構、苯并異吲哚色素結構、噻嗪靛藍色素結構、偶氮色素結構、喹啉黃色素結構、酞菁色素結構、萘酞菁色素結構、二噁嗪色素結構、苝色素結構、紫環酮色素結構、苯并咪唑酮色素結構、苯并噻唑色素結構、苯并咪唑色素結構及苯并噁唑色素結構之至少1種。 The material according to any one of items 1 to 6 of the scope of patent application, wherein the pigment structure represented by P of the formula (B1) is selected from the group consisting of a pyrrolopyrrole pigment structure, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment structure, Quinacridone pigment structure, anthraquinone pigment structure, bianthraquinone pigment structure, benzisoindole pigment structure, thiazide indigo pigment structure, azo pigment structure, quinoline yellow pigment structure, phthalocyanine pigment structure, naphthalenephthalein At least one of cyanine pigment structure, dioxazine pigment structure, perylene pigment structure, percyclic ketone pigment structure, benzimidazolone pigment structure, benzothiazole pigment structure, benzimidazole pigment structure, and benzoxazole pigment structure. 一種組成物,其包含如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項中任一項所述之材料。 A composition comprising the material described in any one of items 1 to 7 of the scope of the patent application. 如申請專利範圍第8項所述之組成物,其更包含選自有機溶劑、樹脂及色素衍生物之1種以上。 The composition described in item 8 of the scope of the patent application further contains one or more selected from organic solvents, resins, and pigment derivatives. 一種硬化性組成物,其包含如申請專利範圍第8項或第9項所述之組成物、及硬化性化合物。 A curable composition comprising the composition described in item 8 or 9 of the scope of patent application and a curable compound. 一種硬化膜,其使用如申請專利範圍第10項所述之硬化性組成物而成。 A cured film using the curable composition described in item 10 of the scope of the patent application. 一種光學濾波器,其具有如申請專利範圍第11項所述之硬化膜。 An optical filter having a cured film as described in item 11 of the scope of patent application. 如申請專利範圍第12項所述之光學濾波器,其為選自濾色器、紅外線截止濾波器及紅外線透射濾波器之至少1種。 The optical filter described in item 12 of the scope of patent application is at least one selected from a color filter, an infrared cut filter, and an infrared transmission filter. 如申請專利範圍第12項或第13項所述之光學濾波器,其具有:如申請專利範圍第11項所述之硬化膜的像素;以及選自紅、綠、藍、洋紅、黃、青、黑及無色之至少1種的像素。 The optical filter described in item 12 or 13 of the scope of patent application, which has: the pixels of the cured film described in item 11 of the scope of patent application; and selected from red, green, blue, magenta, yellow, and cyan , Black and colorless pixels. 一種固體攝像元件,其具有如申請專利範圍第11項所述之硬化膜。 A solid-state imaging element having a cured film as described in item 11 of the scope of patent application. 一種紅外線感測器,其具有如申請專利範圍第11項所述之硬化膜。 An infrared sensor with a hardened film as described in item 11 of the scope of patent application. 一種照相機模組,其具有固體攝像元件及如申請專利範圍第11項所述之硬化膜。 A camera module having a solid-state imaging element and a hardened film as described in item 11 of the scope of patent application. 一種材料的製造方法,該材料包含顏料A及具有對樹脂具有吸附性之結構之化合物B,其中所述化合物B為以式(B1)表示之色素衍生物,在存在具有對樹脂具有吸附性之結構之所述化合物B之情況下,使所述顏料A的原料化合物發生反應來合成所述顏料A,所述顏料A是選自酞菁化合物、萘酞菁化合物、苝化合物、吡咯并吡咯化合物、花青化合物、二硫醇金屬錯合物、萘醌化合物、亞銨化合物、偶氮化合物及方酸內鎓鹽化合物之1種以上,
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0160-85
式中,P表示色素結構,L表示單鍵或連結基,X表示酸性基、鹼性基、具有鹽結構之基團或鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基,m表示1以上的整數,n表示1以上的整數,m為2以上時,複數個L及X可互不相同,n為2以上時,複數個X可互不相同,所述色素結構是選自吡咯并吡咯色素結構、二酮吡咯并吡咯色素結構、喹吖啶酮色素結構、蒽醌色素結構、聯蒽醌色素結構、苯并異吲哚色素結構、噻嗪靛藍色素結構、偶氮色素結構、喹啉黃色素結構、酞菁色素結構、萘酞菁色素結構、二噁嗪色素結構、苝色素結構、紫環酮色素結構、苯并咪唑酮色素結構、苯并噻唑色素結構、苯并咪唑色素結構及苯并噁唑色素結構之至少1種。
A method for manufacturing a material, the material includes pigment A and a compound B having an adsorbent structure to resin, wherein the compound B is a pigment derivative represented by formula (B1), and in the presence of an adsorbent to resin In the case of the compound B of the structure, the raw material compound of the pigment A is reacted to synthesize the pigment A, and the pigment A is selected from a phthalocyanine compound, a naphthalocyanine compound, a perylene compound, and a pyrrolopyrrole compound , Cyanine compounds, dithiol metal complexes, naphthoquinone compounds, iminium compounds, azo compounds, and squaraine ylide compounds,
Figure 105122535-A0305-02-0160-85
In the formula, P represents a pigment structure, L represents a single bond or a linking group, X represents an acidic group, a basic group, a group with a salt structure or a phthalimide group, m represents an integer of 1 or more, and n represents An integer of 1 or more, when m is 2 or more, the plural L and X may be different from each other, and when n is 2 or more, the plural X may be different from each other. The pigment structure is selected from pyrrolopyrrole pigment structure, diketone Pyrrolopyrrole pigment structure, quinacridone pigment structure, anthraquinone pigment structure, dianthraquinone pigment structure, benzisoindole pigment structure, thiazide indigo pigment structure, azo pigment structure, quinoline yellow pigment structure, phthalein Cyanine pigment structure, naphthalocyanine pigment structure, dioxazine pigment structure, perylene pigment structure, peruranone pigment structure, benzimidazolone pigment structure, benzothiazole pigment structure, benzimidazole pigment structure and benzoxazole pigment At least one structure.
如申請專利範圍第18項所述之材料的製造方法,其中合成所述顏料A時,在存在所述化合物B之情況下,使所述顏料A的原料化合物發生反應來合成所述顏料A,並製造所述化合物B被吸引到所述顏料A的粒子內部的材料。 The method for manufacturing the material described in item 18 of the scope of patent application, wherein when the pigment A is synthesized, in the presence of the compound B, the raw material compound of the pigment A is reacted to synthesize the pigment A, And a material in which the compound B is attracted to the inside of the particles of the pigment A is produced.
TW105122535A 2015-09-04 2016-07-18 Material, composition, curable composition, cured film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, camera module, and material manufacturing method TWI746450B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015174783 2015-09-04
JP2015-174783 2015-09-04
JP2016-035023 2016-02-26
JP2016035023 2016-02-26

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201710407A TW201710407A (en) 2017-03-16
TWI746450B true TWI746450B (en) 2021-11-21

Family

ID=58187064

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105122535A TWI746450B (en) 2015-09-04 2016-07-18 Material, composition, curable composition, cured film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, camera module, and material manufacturing method

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6625130B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI746450B (en)
WO (1) WO2017038252A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI756388B (en) * 2017-03-24 2022-03-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Structure, composition for forming near-infrared transmission filter layer, and photosensor
JP6936856B2 (en) * 2017-06-12 2021-09-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Manufacturing method of curable composition, cured film, optical filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device, infrared sensor, dispersion aid, dispersion liquid and dispersion liquid
JP6931700B2 (en) * 2017-07-13 2021-09-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Compositions, films, infrared transmission filters, solid-state image sensors, image display devices and infrared sensors
JP6976341B2 (en) * 2017-09-11 2021-12-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Near-infrared absorbing organic pigment, resin composition, near-infrared absorbing organic pigment manufacturing method, near-infrared absorbing organic pigment spectroscopic adjustment method, film, laminate, near-infrared cut filter, near-infrared transmission filter, solid-state image sensor, image display Device and infrared sensor
CN111095046B (en) 2017-09-15 2022-07-22 富士胶片株式会社 Composition, film, laminate, infrared transmission filter, solid-state imaging element, and infrared sensor
WO2020036037A1 (en) * 2018-08-15 2020-02-20 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, optical filter, layered body, solid-state imaging element, image display device and infrared sensor
KR102420769B1 (en) 2018-09-20 2022-07-14 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Curable composition, cured film, infrared transmission filter, laminated body, solid-state image sensor, sensor, and pattern formation method
TWI786350B (en) * 2018-11-30 2022-12-11 大陸商杉金光電(蘇州)有限公司 Optical laminate and organic light emitting device
JPWO2021149596A1 (en) * 2020-01-21 2021-07-29
WO2022131191A1 (en) 2020-12-16 2022-06-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, membrane, optical filter, solid image pickup element, image display apparatus, and infrared ray sensor
JPWO2022130773A1 (en) 2020-12-17 2022-06-23
WO2023042605A1 (en) * 2021-09-14 2023-03-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201502211A (en) * 2013-07-01 2015-01-16 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition, cured film using the same, color filter, manufacturing method for color filter, solid state image device, liquid crystal display apparatus and organic EL display apparatus

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010111750A (en) * 2008-11-05 2010-05-20 Fujifilm Corp Light-absorbing composition
JP2011137142A (en) * 2009-12-04 2011-07-14 Fujifilm Corp Fine pigment particle dispersion, photocurable composition and color filter by using the same, pigment derivative compound used for the same, and method for producing the same
JP2012181378A (en) * 2011-03-02 2012-09-20 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Pigment composition for color filter, coloring composition and color filter
JP2014149506A (en) * 2013-02-04 2014-08-21 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Red coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
WO2015166779A1 (en) * 2014-05-01 2015-11-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, film, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and infrared sensor
TWI663218B (en) * 2014-09-04 2019-06-21 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Composition, manufacturing method of composition, curable composition, cured film, near-infrared cut filter, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201502211A (en) * 2013-07-01 2015-01-16 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition, cured film using the same, color filter, manufacturing method for color filter, solid state image device, liquid crystal display apparatus and organic EL display apparatus

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201710407A (en) 2017-03-16
JPWO2017038252A1 (en) 2018-07-05
WO2017038252A1 (en) 2017-03-09
JP6625130B2 (en) 2019-12-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI746450B (en) Material, composition, curable composition, cured film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, camera module, and material manufacturing method
TWI709641B (en) Composition, film, near-infrared cut filter, laminate, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, image display device, infrared sensor, and color filter
TWI687489B (en) Near infrared absorbing pigment polymer, composition, film, optical filter, pattern forming method and device
TWI681015B (en) Infrared absorbing composition, infrared cut filter, laminate, pattern forming method, and solid-state imaging element
JP6162165B2 (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, organic electroluminescence device, pigment and method for producing pigment
TWI694113B (en) Near-infrared-absorbing curable composition, cured film, solid-state imaging element, infrared absorber and compound
TWI705108B (en) Near-infrared absorbing composition, cured film, infrared cut filter, solid-state imaging element, infrared absorber and compound
TWI773679B (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TWI759432B (en) Composition, infrared absorption film, infrared cut-off filter, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, camera module, and new compound
TWI781917B (en) Resin film, method for producing resin film, optical filter, laminate, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
TWI712607B (en) Composition, curable composition, cured film, near infrared cut filter, infrared transmission filter, solid-state imaging device, infrared sensor, and camera module
TW201912724A (en) Resin composition, film, near-infrared cut filter, infrared transmission filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module
JP2020073989A (en) Colored curable composition, color filter, solid-state imaging sensor, image display device, and method for manufacturing cured film
JP6279745B2 (en) COLORING COMPOSITION, COLOR FILTER, PATTERN FORMING METHOD, COLOR FILTER MANUFACTURING METHOD, SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DYE MULTIMER MANUFACTURING METHOD
TWI699405B (en) Curable composition, cured film, optical filter, laminate, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
JPWO2019058882A1 (en) Pattern forming composition, film, infrared cut filter, infrared transmission filter, solid-state imaging device, infrared sensor, and camera module
TW201741768A (en) Radiation-sensitive composition, optical filter, laminate, method for forming pattern, solid state imaging element, image display device and infrared radiation sensor
TW201903061A (en) Curable composition, cured film, optical filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, infrared sensor, dispersion aid, dispersion, and dispersion method
TWI841599B (en) Composition, film, filter, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, method for manufacturing filter, camera module, compound and dispersed composition
WO2022065215A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging sensor, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, compound, and infrared absorber
TWI840333B (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
TW202212492A (en) Composition, film, optical filer, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, compound and infrared absorbent
JP7094379B2 (en) Compositions, membranes, optical filters, solid-state image sensors, infrared sensors, methods for manufacturing optical filters, camera modules, compounds, and dispersion compositions.